Technical Catalogue PNOZmulti Version 2015-11 } Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti } Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini } Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2
Contents Introduction Basics System description Installation System expansion 4 17 29 Selection guide Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 55 60 63 PNOZmulti products Base units Input modules Output modules Analogue input module Link modules Speed monitors Fieldbus modules 69 155 172 237 247 272 384 PNOZmulti Mini products Base units Link modules Communication modules Fieldbus modules 497 566 589 605 PNOZmul
Introduction Introduction Many functions, one solution – the configurable systems PNOZmulti bridge the gap between classic safety relays and programmable control systems. The configurable systems PNOZmulti are convincing, with numerous benefits. The software tool PNOZmulti Configurator, for example, impresses with its simple handling: install, open, work intuitively. You also have the widest range of diagnostic options – for high plant availability and low downtimes.
Basics System description Basics System description Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Basics System description Contents Page Overview 6 Hardware 9 Software 13 Diagnostics 14 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Basics System description Overview Overview Configurable systems PNOZmulti The configurable systems PNOZmulti are suitable for implementing multiple safety functions on a plant or machine. Thanks to its modular structure, PNOZmulti can be adapted to the size of the plant and machinery. With a large number of the most diverse modules and a variety of base units, you can design your application with the utmost flexibility. 3 different PNOZmulti systems are available, depending on your requirement.
Basics System description Overview } Using predefined symbols, a simple circuit diagram shows how the units’ inputs and outputs should be connected. This circuit diagram is then downloaded to the base unit. } The system can be expanded or the functions modified at any time. } Frequently used parts of the circuit diagram can be combined into macro elements, stored in the macro library and reused.
Basics System description Overview PNOZm Config Download Base unit + expansion modules Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Basics System description Hardware Hardware Structure of the configurable control system The configurable control system consists of the base unit and expansion modules. Depending on the unit type, a base unit will have: } Inputs } Relay outputs } Safe semiconductor outputs } Outputs for standard applications } Cascading input } Cascading output The number of inputs and outputs can be increased at any time using the expansion modules. The modules are linked via a jumper.
Basics System description Hardware Operation of the units The PNOZmulti Configurator generates a project file which is downloaded to the base unit; there it defines } Which safety functions the inputs are to carry out, e.g.
Basics System description Hardware Fieldbus modules The fieldbus modules are used to } Read the diagnostic data } Set virtual inputs for standard functions } Read virtual outputs for standard functions Interfaces The base units have an interface to } Download the project } Read the diagnostic data } Set virtual inputs for standard functions } Read virtual outputs for standard functions } Read the error stack.
Basics System description Hardware Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Monitoring of } E-STOP pushbuttons } Operating mode selector switches } Enabling switches } Two-hand pushbuttons } Safety gates } Light curtains } Light beam devices } Muting } Safety mats Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Monitoring of } E-STOP pushbuttons } Operating mode selector switches } Enabling switches } Two-hand pushbuttons } Safety gates } Light curtains } Light beam devices
Basics System description Software Software The functions of the PNOZmulti system are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator software. Procedure } First, the required hardware is selected in the PNOZmulti Configurator via drag and drop. Each unit is given a resource label. } When all the units are selected, the circuit diagram is created in the user program. The circuit diagram describes the application for which the safety system is to be used.
Basics System description Diagnostics Diagnostics The PNOZmulti has many options for diagnostics and fault detection: } LEDs on the base unit and expansion modules } Diagnostic data via the communication interface and via a fieldbus } Error stack } Diagnostic word in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Expanded diagnostic options using a visualisation system, e.g.
Basics System description Diagnostics } Virtual inputs and outputs: Virtual inputs can be set. The status of the virtual inputs and outputs can be scanned. } Diagnostic word: The diagnostic word contains the status of elements from the user program within the PNOZmulti. } Test data: To check communication.
Basics System description Diagnostics Error stack The error stack on the PNOZmulti contains important information for diagnostics and troubleshooting. The error stack can be read out by the PNOZmulti Configurator.
Basics Installation General guidelines Installation General guidelines For detailed information about the installation of the PNOZmulti systems, please read the installation manual for the PNOZmulti. The position of the expansion modules is defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The expansion modules are connected to the left or right of the base unit, depending on the type.
Basics Installation Install configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Install configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Control cabinet installation } The control system should be installed in a control cabinet with a protection type of at least IP54. Fit the control system to a horizontal mounting rail. The venting slots must face upward and downward. Other mounting positions could destroy the control system. } Use the notches on the rear of the unit to attach it to a mounting rail.
Basics Installation Install configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Install base unit without expansion module } The terminator must be fitted to the side of the base unit marked “Termination/Link”. } Do not fit a terminator on the left hand side of the base unit. Terminator Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Basics Installation Install configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Connecting the base unit and expansion modules The position of the expansion modules is defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The expansion modules are connected to the left or right of the base unit, depending on the type. Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for details of the number of modules that can be connected to the base unit and the module types. The modules are linked via jumpers.
Basics Installation Install configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Install configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Control cabinet installation } The unit should be installed in a control cabinet with a protection type of at least IP54. } Fit the safety system to a horizontal mounting rail. The venting slots must face upwards and downwards. Other mounting positions could destroy the safety system. } Use the notch on the rear of the unit to attach it to a mounting rail.
Basics Installation Install configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Mounting distances With control cabinet installation it is essential to maintain a certain distance from the top and bottom, as well as to other heat-producing devices (see diagram). The values stated for the mounting distances are minimum specifications. The ambient temperature in the control cabinet must not exceed the figure stated in the technical details. Air conditioning may otherwise be required.
Basics Installation Install configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Install base unit without expansion module Make sure that the terminators are inserted on the top left and right of the unit : } Left: Black/yellow terminator } Right: Yellow terminator Left: Black/yellow terminator Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Basics Installation Install configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Connecting the base unit and expansion modules The position of the expansion modules is defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The expansion modules are connected to the left or right of the base unit, depending on the type. Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for details of the number of modules that can be connected to the base unit and the module types. The modules are linked via jumpers.
Basics Installation Install configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Install configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Control cabinet installation } The unit should be installed in a control cabinet with a protection type of at least IP54. } Install the system vertically on to a horizontal mounting rail. The venting slots must face upward and downward. Other mounting positions could damage the safety system. } Use the locking elements on the rear of the unit to attach it to a mounting rail.
Basics Installation Install configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Mounting distances With control cabinet installation it is essential to maintain a certain distance from the top and bottom, as well as to other heat-producing devices (see diagram). The values stated for the mounting distances are minimum specifications. The ambient temperature in the control cabinet must not exceed the figure stated in the technical details. Air conditioning may otherwise be required. Mounting distances: 30 mm (1.
Basics Installation Install configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Install base unit without expansion module Make sure that the terminators are inserted on the top left and right of the unit. X3 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 PNOZ mm0.1p X2 X4 T0M20 T1M21 T2M22 T3M23 O0 IM16 IM17 IM18 IM19 A1 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Basics Installation Install configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Connecting the base unit and expansion modules The position of the expansion modules is defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The expansion modules are connected to the left or right of the base unit, depending on the type. Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for details of the number of modules that can be connected to the base unit and the module types. The modules are linked via jumpers.
Basics System expansion Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti System expansion Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Maximum system expansion: } Right of the base unit: – } 8 expansion modules Left of the base unit – 4 expansion modules and – } 1 fieldbus module Connectable to the link module PNOZ ml2p: 4 decentralised modules per link module (max.
Basics System expansion Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti System expansion depends on the base units: Slot Expansion modules PNOZ m0p (ETH) PNOZ m1p (ETH) PNOZ m2p (ETH) PNOZ m3p (ETH) Number of connectable modules Analogue input modules Left - 4 4 4 Left 4 4 4 4 16 16 16 16 Right - 8 8 8 Right - 6 6 6 Output modules for standard applic- Right ations - 8 8 8 PNOZ ma1p Analogue input module Link modules PNOZ ml1p To connect 2 base units PNOZ ml2p To connect a base
Basics System expansion Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Slot PNOZ m0p (ETH) PNOZ m1p (ETH) PNOZ m2p (ETH) PNOZ m3p (ETH) Right - 4 4 4 Expansion modules Speed monitor PNOZ ms1p Monitoring of 2 axes Connectable encoders: Proximity switch, incremental encoder Sin/ Cos, TTL PNOZ ms2p HTL Monitoring of 2 axes PNOZ ms2p TTL Monitoring of 2 axes PNOZ ms3p HTL Monitoring of 2 axes PNOZ ms3p TTL Monitoring of 2 axes PNOZ ms4p Monitoring of 1 axis Connectable encoders: Proximity switch,
Basics System expansion Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Slot PNOZ m0p (ETH) PNOZ m1p (ETH) PNOZ m2p (ETH) PNOZ m3p (ETH) Left 1 1 1 1 Expansion modules Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Power supply to supply voltage to fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2p EtherCAT PNOZ mc2.1p EtherCAT (DS301 V4.02 compliant) PNOZ mc3p PROFIBUS-DP PNOZ mc4p DeviceNet PNOZ mc5p Interbus PNOZ mc5.1p Interbus fibre-optic cable PNOZ mc6p CANopen PNOZ mc6.
Basics System expansion Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti System reaction times The reaction time between an input switching off and a linked output in the system switching off depends on the delay time at the input and the delay time at the output. The times vary depending on which input/output is used by which device.
Basics System expansion Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Calculation of the max. reaction time: t ReactionMax = t Max. input delay + t Max. switch-off delay at the output Please note that the reaction time is also increased by } Delay times configured in the user program } Delay on the sensor that is used } Delay on the actuator that is used } Delay due to periphery devices or control systems Reaction times of the base units and expansion modules Max. switch-off delay Output (incl.
Basics System expansion Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Examples Configuration: Input from PNOZ mi2p, output from PNOZ mo3p Input PNOZ mi2p Output PNOZ mo3p tInput Delay.Max tSwitch-offDelay.Max 4 ms 30 ms tReactionMax = 4 ms + 30 ms tReactionMax = 34 ms Configuration: Input from base unit PNOZ m1p, output from PNOZ mo4p Input PNOZ m1p Output PNOZ mo4p Input Delay.Max Switch-off Delay.Max 4 ms 50 ms tReactionMax = 4 ms + 50 ms tReactionMax = 54 ms Pilz GmbH & Co.
Basics System expansion Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Maximum system expansion: } Right of the base unit: – } 1 PNOZsigma expansion module (+1 contact expansion) Left of the base unit – 1 fieldbus module and – 1 communication module and – } 4 link modules Connectable to the link module PNOZ mml2p: 4 decentralised modules per link module (max.
Basics System expansion Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini System expansion depends on the base units: Slot Expansion modules PNOZ mm0p PNOZ mm0.1p PNOZ mm0.
Basics System expansion Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini System reaction times The reaction time between an input switching off and a linked output in the system switching off depends on the delay time at the input and the delay time at the output. The times vary depending on which input/output is used by which device. Input delay Switch-off delay at the output Digital inputs Digital outputs Input Multi Link Output Multi Link Input PDP Link Output PDP Link Calculation of the max.
Basics System expansion Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Reaction times of the base units and expansion modules Modules Max. input delay t Max. switch-off delay Output (incl. processing time) PNOZ mm0p … PNOZ mm0.2p 4 ms 30 ms (semiconductor output) PNOZ mm0.2p 4 ms 35 ms (virtual outputs for data transfer when 2 base units are connected) PNOZ s7, PNOZ s7.1, PNOZ s7.
Basics System expansion Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Maximum system expansion: } } Right of the base unit: – PNOZ m B0: 6 expansion modules – PNOZ m B1: 8 expansion modules Left of the base unit – 4 expansion modules – PNOZ m B0: 1 communication module – 1 fieldbus module Example of a control system PNOZmulti 2: Base unit PNOZ m B0 with expansion modules Left-hand modules Base unit Right-hand modules System expansion depends on the base
Basics System expansion Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Slot Expansion modules Input module PNOZ EF 16DI PNOZ m B0 PNOZ m B1 6 8 Right 6 8 Left 1 Right 16 safe inputs Input and output modules PNOZ EF 8DI4DO 8 safe inputs, 4 safe semiconductor outputs PNOZ EF 4DI4DOR 4 safe inputs, 4 safe relay outputs Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Monitoring of 1 axis PNOZ m EF 2MM Monitoring of 2 axes Fieldbus modules Right PNOZ m ES Profibus Profibus 1 PNOZ m ES CANopen CANopen
Basics System expansion Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 System reaction times The reaction time between an input switching off and a linked output in the system switching off depends on the delay time at the input, the delay time at the output and the processing time. The times vary depending on which input/output is used by which device.
Basics System expansion Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Please note that the reaction time is also increased by } Delay times configured in the user program } Delay on the sensor that is used } Delay on the actuator that is used Maximum reaction times of the base units and expansion modules Modules Max. input delay Max. processing time Max.
Basics System expansion Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Example configuration: Input from PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO, output from PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Input PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Processing in the main program Output PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Max. input delay Processing time Switch-off delay 8 ms 30 ms 3 ms tReactionMax = 8 ms + 30 ms + 3 ms tReactionMax = 41 ms Example configuration: Input from base unit, output from PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Input PNOZ m B0 Processing in the main program Output PNOZ m EF 8DI4DOR Max.
Basics System expansion Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Example configuration: Input from PNOZ m EF 1MM (configured in the module program), output from PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO f_ist = 100 ms Input Processing in the main program InputDelay.
Basics System expansion Connection of multiple PNOZmulti systems Connection of multiple PNOZmulti systems For safe data exchange two or more configurable control systems PNOZmulti can be connected to each other. The connection is created via two connection modules and/or connection interfaces that are assigned to one base unit each. Any number of base units can be connected via link modules. However, only a max. of 4 link modules can be connected to a base unit.
Basics System expansion Connection of multiple PNOZmulti systems PNOZ mm0.1p x x x x x x x x + PNOZ mml1p PNOZ mm0.2p Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Basics System expansion Connection of multiple PNOZmulti systems Connection's reaction times The reaction time when connecting two or more base units is calculated from the transmission delay of the connection at the link module of a communication partner and the input delay at the link module of the connected communication partner. Example: Connecting 3 base units PNOZmulti The maximum reaction time tReactionMax includes the following times: } Max.
Basics System expansion Connection of multiple PNOZmulti systems tReactionMax = 104 ms Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Basics System expansion Connection of multiple PNOZmulti systems Example: Connecting 5 base units PNOZmulti The maximum reaction time tReactionMax includes the following times: } Based max. input delay PNOZ mm0.1p (Base 1): 4 ms } Data transfer time of the connection at the PNOZ mml1p (Base 1): 35 ms } Max. input delay PNOZ mml1p (Base 2): 0 ms } Data transfer time of the connection at the PNOZ mml1p (Base 2): 35 ms } Max.
Basics System expansion Connection of multiple PNOZmulti systems Input delay Switch-off delay at the output Digital inputs Digital outputs Input delay Switch-off delay at the output Input delay Switch-off delay at the output Digital inputs Digital outputs Digital inputs Digital outputs Analogue input Input Multi Link Output Multi Link Input Multi Link Output Multi Link Input Multi Link Output Multi Link Input PDP Link Output PDP Link Input PDP Link Output PDP Link Input PDP Link Out
Basics System expansion Connection via the cascading inputs and outputs Connection via the cascading inputs and outputs To connect base units from the safety systems PNOZmulti via the cascading inputs and outputs, please refer to the PNOZmulti Installation Manual. Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Selection guide Selection guide Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Selection guide Contents Page Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti 55 Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini 60 Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 63 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Selection guide Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Base units Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Base units Type PNOZ m0p [ 71] PNOZ m0p ETH [ 71] Order number Features Common features 773 110 Base unit } 773 113 From 3 … 6 safety functions To connect emergency stop devices, two-hand pushbuttons, safety gate limit switches, light beam devices, scanners, enabling switches, safety gate switches PSEN, operating mode selector switches, muting, safety mats, sensors, for example no other expa
Selection guide Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Expansion modules Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features 773 812 Safe analogue input module } 2 safe analogue inputs for current or voltage measurement } Each input can be configured separately } Voltage range: -10.24 ... +10.2375 V } Current range: 0 ... 25.
Selection guide Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features PDP67 F 8DI ION HP 773 601 Decentralised safe input module IP67 } Protection type IP67 } 8 inputs for connecting 8 single-channel or 4 dual-channel sensors } 8 outputs, which can be configured as – Standard outputs – Test pulse outputs – 24 V outputs } Separate output supply for applications with higher current consumption } Module is galvanically isolated from CAN bus }
Selection guide Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features Semiconductor output module for standard applications } 16 semiconductor outputs for standard applications } Status indicators } Coated version: for increased environmental requirements } Status indicators To connect } Monitoring of 2 independent axes (8 cutoff frequencies can be set) } Proximity switches } Connection per axis: 1 incremental encoder or 2 proximity switches
Selection guide Configurable safety systems PNOZmulti Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features PNOZ mc0p 773 720 Power supply to supply voltage to fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.1p 773 713 EtherCAT (DS301 V4.02 compliant) PNOZ mc3p 773 732 PROFIBUS-DP 773 711 DeviceNet Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p [ 416] PNOZ mc4p coated 416] version [ 773 729 PNOZ mc5p 773 723 Interbus PNOZ mc5.
Selection guide Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Base units Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Base units Type PNOZ mm0p [ PNOZ mm0p-T [ 497] 497] Order number Features Common features 772 000 Base unit } 772 010 From 3 … 6 safety functions To connect emergency stop devices, two-hand pushbuttons, safety gate limit switches, light beam devices, scanners, enabling switches, safety gate switches PSEN, operating mode selector switches, muting, safety mats, sensors, fo
Selection guide Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Expansion modules Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features 772 020 For safe connection of two PNOZmulti base units } Point-to-point connection via 4-core shielded and twisted-pair cable } 32 virtual inputs and 32 virtual outputs } Status indicators For safe connection of one base unit with up to 4 decentralised modules PDP67 (see below) } Max.
Selection guide Configurable small control systems PNOZmulti Mini Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features PNOZ mmc4p 772 033 Fieldbus module DeviceNet } Connection for DeviceNet } Station addresses from 0 ... 63 using DIP switch(es) } Status indicators } Connection for CANopen } Station addresses from 0 ...
Selection guide Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Base units Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Base units Type Order number Features Common features PNOZ m B0 772 100 Base unit } To connect emergency stop devices, two-hand pushbuttons, safety gate limit switches, light beam devices, scanners, enabling switches, safety gate switches PSEN, operating mode selector switches, muting, safety mats, sensors, for example PNOZ m B1 772 100 } Efficient from 4 safety functions upwards } 20
Selection guide Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Expansion modules Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features 772 120 For safe connection of two PNOZmulti base units } Point-to-point connection via 4-core shielded and twisted-pair cable } 32 virtual inputs and 32 virtual outputs } Status indicators For safe connection of one base unit with up to 4 decentralised modules PDP67 (see below) } Max.
Selection guide Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features PNOZ EF 4DI4DOR 772 143 Safe input and output module } 8 safe inputs } 2 safe relay outputs, positive-guided up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061, depending on the application } Status indicators } Monitoring of 1 axis } Measured value recorded by proximity switch and encoder } Monitoring Functions Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM PNOZ m EF 2
Selection guide Configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2 Expansion modules Type Order number Application area Features PNOZ m ES CANopen 772 134 Fieldbus module CANopen } Connection for CANopen } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti products PNOZmulti products Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Contents Page Base units 69 Input modules 155 Output modules 172 Analogue input module 237 Link modules 247 Speed monitors 272 Fieldbus modules 384 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units Base units Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units Contents Page PNOZ m0p 71 PNOZ m1p 91 PNOZ m2p 113 PNOZ m3p 134 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p PNOZ m0p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m0p: Base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Positive-guided relay outputs: – } 2 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 Semiconductor outputs: – 4 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up t
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p – Safety mats } Muting function } LED indicator for: – Diagnostics – Supply voltage – Output circuits – Input circuits } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between the safety outputs } Integrated interfaces: } – PNOZ m0p: Serial interface RS232 – PNOZ m0p ETH: 2 Ethernet interfaces Plug-in connection terminals: either spring-loaded terminal or screw terminal available as an accessory (see order re
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Front view PNOZ m0p CHIP-Card Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p PNOZ m0p ETH MAC ADD_00-02-47-MAC-VAR CHIP-Card LNK TRF LNK TRF Legend: CHIP card X1 X2 Chipkarte interface Cascading inputs and outputs CI and CO, Test pulse outputs T0 ... T3 Semiconductor outputs O0 ... O3, Auxiliary output OA0, X3 X4 X5, X6 X7 LEDs: Supply connections Relay outputs O4 and O5 RS232 interface / Ethernet interface Inputs I0 ... I19 Power supply PWR RUN DIAG FAULT I FAULT O FAULT Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Function description Functions The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other. They evaluate the input circuits on the base unit and expansion modules and switch the outputs on the base unit and expansion modules accordingly.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 135 (5.31") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Outputs: 81] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p } Two connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V (semiconductor outputs), plus A1 and A2 (power supply). This means that the supply voltage can be looped through several connections. When the supply voltage is looped, the current at each terminal may not exceed 3 A. } Test pulse outputs must exclusively be used to test the inputs. They must not be used to drive loads.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Start circuit Input circuit without detection of shorts across contacts Input circuit with detection of shorts across contacts S3 S3 I5 L+ I5 T0 Connection examples for start circuit Redundant output O0 (O2) O1 (O3) Single output O0 (O2) K1 L- K2 L- K1 L- K2 O1 ( O3) K3 L- K4 Connection examples for semiconductor outputs Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Redundant output L1 O4 13 14 23 O5 24 K1 N K2 Single output O4 O5 L1 13 14 23 K2 K1 24 N Connection examples for relay outputs Feedback loop Contacts from external contactors Redundant output K1 O0 (O2, O4) O1 (O3, O5) K2 I0 LLL+ Connection examples for feedback loop Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Connection example Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (I17), feedback loop (I14), cascading output as auxiliary output (CO+/A2) L+ LK1 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 OA0 CO+ T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 CO- I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 CI+ CI- K2 S1 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) at no load Residual ripple DC Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Residual ripple DC Potential isolation Status indicator Inputs Number Max. number of live inputs within the max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Semiconductor outputs Switching capability Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max. duration of off time during self test Switch-off delay Potential isolation Short circuit-proof Semiconductor outputs (standard) Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Galvanic isolation Short circuit-proof Residual current at "0" Signal level at "1" Test pulse outputs Number of test pulse outputs Voltage Current Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Relay outputs Utilisation category In accordance with the standard Utilisation category of safety contacts AC15 at Max. current Max. power DC13 (6 cycles/min) at Max. current Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Times Max. cycle time of the device Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Potential isolation Rated surge voltage Potential isolation between Type of potential isolation Rated surge voltage Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Mechanical data Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals (relay outputs) 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals (relay outputs) Dimensions Heigh
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Input Cascad. inputs Output SC outputs SC outputs Cascad. outputs Relay outputs Relay outputs – PL e Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 3,10E-10 20 1-channel 2-channel PL d PL e Cat. 2 Cat. 4 SIL CL 2 SIL CL 3 7,00E-09 8,60E-10 20 20 – 1-channel 2-channel PL e PL c PL e Cat. 4 Cat. 1 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 SIL CL 3 4,91E-10 2,90E-08 3,00E-10 20 20 20 All the units used within a safety function must be considered when calculating the safety characteristic data.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Supplementary data Service life graph for the relay contacts Cycles x 1000 The service life graphs indicate the number of cycles from which failures due to wear must be expected. The wear is mainly caused by the electrical load; the mechanical load is negligible. Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 24 VDC and 230 VAC Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Number of cycles x 1000 Base units PNOZ m0p Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 110 VDC Example } Inductive load: 0.2 A } Utilisation category: AC15 } Contact service life: 1 000 000 cycles Provided the application to be implemented requires fewer than 1 000 000 cycles, the PFH value (see Technical details [ 81]) can be used in the calculation. To increase the service life, sufficient spark suppression must be provided on all relay contacts.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m0p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ m0p Base unit 773 110 PNOZ m0p ETH Base unit, Ethernet interface 773 113 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 100 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 100 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no. PNOZmulti bus terminator Terminator 779 110 KOP-XE 774 639 Jumper Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p PNOZ m1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m1p: Base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Positive-guided relay outputs: – } 2 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 Semiconductor outputs: – 4 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up t
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p – Safety mats } Muting function } LED indicator for: – Diagnostics – Supply voltage – Output circuits – Input circuits } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between the safety outputs } Expansion modules can be connected (please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for details of the type and number that can be connected) } Integrated interfaces: – PNOZ m1p: Serial interface RS232 – PN
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Front view PNOZ m1p CHIP-Card Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p PNOZ m1p ETH MAC ADD_00-02-47-MAC-VAR CHIP-Card LNK TRF LNK TRF Legend: CHIP card X1 X2 Chipkarte interface Cascading inputs and outputs CI and CO, Test pulse outputs T0 ... T3 Semiconductor outputs O0 ... O3, Auxiliary output OA0, X3 X4 X5, X6 X7 LEDs: Supply connections Relay outputs O4 and O5 RS232 interface / Ethernet interface Inputs I0 ... I19 Power supply PWR RUN DIAG FAULT I FAULT O FAULT Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Function description Functions The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other. They evaluate the input circuits on the base unit and expansion modules and switch the outputs on the base unit and expansion modules accordingly.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 135 (5.31") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Outputs: 101] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p } Two connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V (semiconductor outputs), plus A1 and A2 (power supply). This means that the supply voltage can be looped through several connections. When the supply voltage is looped, the current at each terminal may not exceed 3 A. } Test pulse outputs must exclusively be used to test the inputs. They must not be used to drive loads.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Start circuit Input circuit without detection of shorts across contacts Input circuit with detection of shorts across contacts S3 S3 I5 L+ I5 T0 Connection examples for start circuit Redundant output O0 (O2) O1 (O3) Single output O0 (O2) K1 L- K2 L- K1 L- K2 O1 ( O3) K3 L- K4 Connection examples for semiconductor outputs Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Redundant output L1 O4 13 14 23 O5 24 K1 N K2 Single output O4 O5 L1 13 14 23 K2 K1 24 N Connection examples for relay outputs Feedback loop Contacts from external contactors Redundant output K1 O0 (O2, O4) O1 (O3, O5) K2 I0 LLL+ Connection examples for feedback loop Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Connection example Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (I17), feedback loop (I14), cascading output as auxiliary output (CO+/A2) L+ LK1 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 OA0 CO+ T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 CO- I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 CI+ CI- K2 S1 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for 773100 BG, CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), KCC, KOSHA, TÜV, cULus Listed 773100 Supply to the system Voltage 24,0 V Kind DC Voltage tolerance -15 %/+20 % Output of external power supply (DC) at no load 8,0 W Residual ripple 5% DC Supply voltage Supply to the SC for outputs Voltage 24 V Kind DC Voltage tolerance -15 %/+20 % Output of external power supply (DC) 192,0 W Residual ripple DC 5% Potential iso
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Inputs Input voltage in accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 1 Input current at rated voltage Min. pulse duration Pulse suppression Maximum input delay Potential isolation Semiconductor outputs Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Test pulse outputs Number of test pulse outputs Voltage Current Max. duration of off time during self test Short circuit-proof Potential isolation Relay outputs Utilisation category In accordance with the standard Utilisation category of safety contacts AC1 at Max. current Max. power DC1 at Max. current Max. power Safety contacts, AC1 at Max. current Max. power Safety contacts, DC 1 at Max. current Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Relay outputs Airgap creepage between Relay contacts Relay contacts and other circuits External contact fuse protection, safety contacts In accordance with the standard Blow-out fuse, quick Blow-out fuse, slow Circuit breaker 24V AC/DC, characteristic B/C Switch-off delay Potential isolation Cascading output as standard output Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Galvanic isolation Short circuit-proof Residual current at "0" Ethernet interface Number Seri
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Times Max. cycle time of the device Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Environmental data Corrosive gas check SO2: Concentration 10 ppm, duration 10 days, passive H2S: Concentration 1 ppm, duration 10 days, passive Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Potential isolation Rated surge voltage Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Mechanical data Torque setting with screw terminals (relay outputs) Stripping length with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals (relay outputs) Conductor cross section with springloaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Conductor cross section with springloaded terminals (relay outputs) 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal poin
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Safety characteristic data Unit Logic CPU Expansion Input SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs Cascad. inputs Output SC outputs SC outputs Cascad. outputs Relay outputs Relay outputs Operating mode EN ISO EN ISO EN 62061 13849-1: 2008 13849-1: 2008 SIL CL PL Category EN 62061 2-channel – PL e PL e Cat. 4 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 SIL CL 3 4,90E-09 9,20E-09 20 20 1-channel 2-channel Short circuitforming safety mats 1-ch., pulsed light barrier PL d PL e Cat.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Supplementary data Service life graph for the relay contacts Cycles x 1000 The service life graphs indicate the number of cycles from which failures due to wear must be expected. The wear is mainly caused by the electrical load; the mechanical load is negligible. Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 24 VDC and 230 VAC Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Number of cycles x 1000 Base units PNOZ m1p Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 110 VDC Example } Inductive load: 0.2 A } Utilisation category: AC15 } Contact service life: 1 000 000 cycles Provided the application to be implemented requires fewer than 1 000 000 cycles, the PFH value (see Technical details [ 101]) can be used in the calculation. To increase the service life, sufficient spark suppression must be provided on all relay contacts.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m1p Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ m1p Base unit 773 100 PNOZ m1p coated version Base unit, coated version 773 105 PNOZ m1p ETH Base unit, Ethernet interface 773 103 PNOZ m1p ETH coated version Base unit, Ethernet interface, coated version 773 104 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p PNOZ m2p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m2p: Base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } For applications on mechanical presses } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Positive-guided relay outputs: – } 2 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 Semiconductor outputs: – 4 safety outputs Depending on the applica
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p – Operating mode selector switches – Safety mats } Muting function } LED indicator for: – Diagnostics – Supply voltage – Output circuits – Input circuits } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between the safety outputs } Expansion modules can be connected (please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for details of the type and number that can be connected) } Integrated interfaces: } –
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Front view PNOZ m2p CHIP-Card Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p PNOZ m2p ETH MAC ADD_00-02-47-MAC-VAR CHIP-Card LNK TRF LNK TRF Legend: CHIP card X1 X2 Chipkarte interface Cascading inputs and outputs CI and CO, Test pulse outputs T0 ... T3 Semiconductor outputs O0 ... O3, Auxiliary output OA0, X3 X4 X5, X6 X7 LEDs: Supply connections Relay outputs O4 and O5 RS232 interface / Ethernet interface Inputs I0 ... I19 Power supply PWR RUN DIAG FAULT I FAULT O FAULT Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Function description Functions The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other. They evaluate the input circuits on the base unit and expansion modules and switch the outputs on the base unit and expansion modules accordingly.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Block diagram Ethernet/ RS 232 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 23 13 Input O4 O5 Power Test pulse output Cascading CI+ CI- CO+ CO- T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 OA0 24 V 0V 24 V 0V Interface expansion module Interface fieldbus, Interface expansion chip card module A1 A2 14 24 Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Outputs: 124] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Connection Supply voltage AC DC For the safety system (connector X7) For the semiconductor outputs (connector X2) Must always be present, even if the semiconductor outputs are not used A1 + 24 V DC A2 0V 24 V + 24 V DC 0V 0V Supply voltage Input circuit Single-channel Dual-channel E-STOP without detection of shorts across contacts S1 E-STOP with detection of shorts across contacts S1 L+ I0 I0 L+ I1 L+ S1 S1 I0 I0 I1 T1 T0 T0 Connection e
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Redundant output O0 (O2) O1 (O3) Single output O0 (O2) K1 L- K2 L- K1 L- K2 O1 ( O3) K3 L- K4 Connection examples for semiconductor outputs Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Redundant output L1 O4 13 14 23 O5 24 K1 N K2 Single output O4 O5 L1 13 14 23 K2 K1 24 N Connection examples for relay outputs Feedback loop Contacts from external contactors Redundant output K1 O0 (O2, O4) O1 (O3, O5) K2 I0 LLL+ Connection examples for feedback loop Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Connection example Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (I17), feedback loop (I14), cascading output as auxiliary output (CO+/A2) L+ LK1 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 OA0 CO+ T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 CO- I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 CI+ CI- K2 S1 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) at no load Residual ripple DC Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Residual ripple DC Potential isolation Supply voltage Power consumption per expansion module Status indicator Inputs Number Max. number of live inputs within the max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Semiconductor outputs Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max. duration of off time during self test Switch-off delay Potential isolation Short circuit-proof Semiconductor outputs (standard) Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Galvanic isolation Short circuit-proof Residual current at "0" Signal level at "1" Test pulse outputs Number of test pulse outputs Voltage Current Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Relay outputs Utilisation category of safety contacts AC1 at Max. current Max. power DC1 at Max. current Max. power Utilisation category In accordance with the standard Utilisation category of safety contacts AC15 at Max. current Max. power DC13 (6 cycles/min) at Max. current Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Serial interface Number of RS232 interfaces Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 max. Simultaneity in the two-hand circuit Max. cycle time of the device Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g. control cabinet) Housing Terminals Potential isolation Potential isolation between Type of potential isolation Rated surge voltage Potential isolation between Type of potential isolation Rated surge voltage Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Mechanical data Stripping length with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals (relay outputs) Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals (relay outputs) 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loa
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Safety characteristic data Unit Logic CPU Expansion Input SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs Cascad. inputs Output SC outputs SC outputs Cascad. outputs Relay outputs Relay outputs Operating mode EN ISO EN ISO EN 62061 13849-1: 2008 13849-1: 2008 SIL CL PL Category EN 62061 2-channel – PL e PL e Cat. 4 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 SIL CL 3 4,90E-09 9,20E-09 20 20 1-channel 2-channel Short circuitforming safety mats 1-ch., pulsed light barrier PL d PL e Cat.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Supplementary data Service life graph for the relay contacts Cycles x 1000 The service life graphs indicate the number of cycles from which failures due to wear must be expected. The wear is mainly caused by the electrical load; the mechanical load is negligible. Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 24 VDC and 230 VAC Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Number of cycles x 1000 Base units PNOZ m2p Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 110 VDC Example } Inductive load: 0.2 A } Utilisation category: AC15 } Contact service life: 1 000 000 cycles Provided the application to be implemented requires fewer than 1 000 000 cycles, the PFH value (see Technical details [ 124]) can be used in the calculation. To increase the service life, sufficient spark suppression must be provided on all relay contacts.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m2p Order reference Product Order reference Product type Features Order No. PNOZ m2p Base unit 773 120 PNOZ m2p ETH Base unit, Ethernet interface 773 123 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 100 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 100 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p PNOZ m3p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m3p: Base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Designed to monitor and control furnaces } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Positive-guided relay outputs: – } 2 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 Semiconductor outputs: – 4 safety outputs Depending on the appli
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p – Operating mode selector switches – Safety mats } Muting function } LED indicator for: – Diagnostics – Supply voltage – Output circuits – Input circuits } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between the safety outputs } Integrated interfaces: } – PNOZ m3p: Serial interface RS232 – PNOZ m3p ETH: 2 Ethernet interfaces Plug-in connection terminals: either spring-loaded terminal or screw terminal av
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Front view PNOZ m3p CHIP-Card Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p PNOZ m3p ETH MAC ADD_00-02-47-MAC-VAR CHIP-Card LNK TRF LNK TRF Legend: } CHIP card: – } } } X1: – Cascading inputs and outputs CI and CO, – Test pulse outputs T0 ... T3 X2: – Semiconductor outputs O0 ... O3, – Auxiliary output OA0, – Supply connections X3: – } Relay outputs O4 and O5 X4: – } Interface chip card RS232 interface / Ethernet interface X5, X6: – Inputs I0 ... I19 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p } X7: – } Power supply LEDs: – PWR – RUN – DIAG – FAULT – I FAULT – O FAULT Function description Functions The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p } Vent valve } Ignition } External compound controller } Combustion Air Fan The following oil and gas burner types can be monitored: } Master burner with direct ignition } Master burner with indirect ignition and joint flame monitoring } Master burner with indirect ignition and separate flame monitoring Block diagram Ethernet/ RS 232 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 23 13 Input O4 O5 Power Cascading CI+ CI- CO+
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 135 (5.31") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Outputs: 145] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p } Two connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V (semiconductor outputs), plus A1 and A2 (power supply). This means that the supply voltage can be looped through several connections. When the supply voltage is looped, the current at each terminal may not exceed 3 A. } Test pulse outputs must exclusively be used to test the inputs. They must not be used to drive loads.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Start circuit Input circuit without detection of shorts across contacts Input circuit with detection of shorts across contacts S3 S3 I5 L+ I5 T0 Connection examples for start circuit Redundant output O0 (O2) O1 (O3) Single output O0 (O2) K1 L- K2 L- K1 L- K2 O1 ( O3) K3 L- K4 Connection examples for semiconductor outputs Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Redundant output L1 O4 13 14 23 O5 24 K1 N K2 Single output O4 O5 L1 13 14 23 K2 K1 24 N Connection examples for relay outputs Feedback loop Contacts from external contactors Redundant output K1 O0 (O2, O4) O1 (O3, O5) K2 I0 LLL+ Connection examples for feedback loop Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Connection example Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (I17), feedback loop (I14), cascading output as auxiliary output (CO+/A2) L+ LK1 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 OA0 CO+ T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 CO- I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 CI+ CI- K2 S1 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) at no load Residual ripple DC Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Residual ripple DC Potential isolation Supply voltage Power consumption per expansion module Status indicator Inputs Number Max. number of live inputs within the max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Semiconductor outputs Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max. duration of off time during self test Switch-off delay Potential isolation Short circuit-proof Semiconductor outputs (standard) Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Galvanic isolation Short circuit-proof Residual current at "0" Signal level at "1" Test pulse outputs Number of test pulse outputs Voltage Current Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Relay outputs Utilisation category of safety contacts AC1 at Max. current Max. power DC1 at Max. current Max. power Utilisation category In accordance with the standard Utilisation category of safety contacts AC15 at Max. current Max. power DC13 (6 cycles/min) at Max. current Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Serial interface Number of RS232 interfaces Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 max. Simultaneity in the two-hand circuit Max. cycle time of the device Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g. control cabinet) Housing Terminals Potential isolation Potential isolation between Type of potential isolation Rated surge voltage Potential isolation between Type of potential isolation Rated surge voltage Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Mechanical data Stripping length with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals (relay outputs) Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals (relay outputs) 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loa
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Safety characteristic data Unit Logic CPU Expansion Input SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs Cascad. inputs Output SC outputs SC outputs Cascad. outputs Relay outputs Relay outputs Operating mode EN ISO EN ISO EN 62061 13849-1: 2008 13849-1: 2008 SIL CL PL Category EN 62061 2-channel – PL e PL e Cat. 4 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 SIL CL 3 4,90E-09 9,20E-09 20 20 1-channel 2-channel Short circuitforming safety mats 1-ch., pulsed light barrier PL d PL e Cat.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Supplementary data Service life graph for the relay contacts Cycles x 1000 The service life graphs indicate the number of cycles from which failures due to wear must be expected. The wear is mainly caused by the electrical load; the mechanical load is negligible. Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 24 VDC and 230 VAC Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Number of cycles x 1000 Base units PNOZ m3p Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 110 VDC Example } Inductive load: 0.2 A } Utilisation category: AC15 } Contact service life: 1 000 000 cycles Provided the application to be implemented requires fewer than 1 000 000 cycles, the PFH value (see Technical details [ 145]) can be used in the calculation. To increase the service life, sufficient spark suppression must be provided on all relay contacts.
PNOZmulti products Base units PNOZ m3p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ m3p Base unit 773 125 PNOZ m3p ETH Base unit, Ethernet interface 773 126 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 100 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 100 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no. PNOZmulti bus terminator Terminator 779 110 KOP-XE 774 639 Jumper Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p Input modules PNOZ mi1p Overview Unit features The product has the following features: } 8 inputs for connecting: – E-STOP pushbuttons – Two-hand button – Safety gate limit switches – Start buttons – Light beam devices – Scanners – Enabling switches – PSEN – Operating mode selector switches } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } LED indicator for: – Status of PNOZmulti } Max.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p 773400 Front view Legend: } Inputs I0 – I7 Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional inputs. The function of the inputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p Block diagram I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 Interface to next module Interface to previous module Input Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 22,5 (0.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } The safety system and input circuits must always be supplied by a single power supply. The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation. 159] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p Connection example L+ L- K1 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 I0 I1 I2 I3 OA0 T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 COCO+ I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 I4 I5 PNOZ mi1p I6 I7 CI+ CI- K2 PNOZ m1p S1 S2 K2 S3 S4 K1 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Inputs Number Signal level at "0" Signal level at "1" 773400 BG, CC
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p Inputs Input voltage in accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 1 Min. pulse duration Pulse suppression Maximum input delay Potential isolation Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 max.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g. control cabinet) Housing Terminals Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p Mechanical data Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 773400 773405 0,25 - 1,50 mm², 24 - 16 AWG 0,25 - 1,50 mm², 24 - 16 AWG 0,25 - 0,75 mm², 24 - 20 AWG 0,25 - 0,75 mm², 24 - 20 AWG 1 1 9 mm 9 mm 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 121,0 mm 120
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi1p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mi1p Expansion module, 8 inputs 773 400 PNOZ mi1p coated version Expansion module, 8 inputs, coated version 773 405 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 400 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 400 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi2p PNOZ mi2p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mi2p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti . The product has the following features: } 8 inputs for standard functions } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } LED indicator for: – Status of PNOZmulti } Max.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi2p 773400 Front view 2 Legend: } Inputs I0 – I7 Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional inputs. The function of the inputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi2p Block diagram I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 Interface to next module Interface to previous module Input Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 22,5 (0.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi2p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } The safety system and input circuits must always be supplied by a single power supply. The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation. 168] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi2p Connection example Poll of PLC outputs (standard function) L+ L- K1 O0 O1 O2 O3 OA0 CO+ T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 CO- 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 I0 PNOZ mi2p I1 I2 I3 SPS PLC I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 I4 I5 I6 I7 CI+ CI- K2 S1 K2 S2 S3 Reset K1 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator BG, CCC, CE, EAC
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi2p Inputs Number Signal level at "0" Signal level at "1" Input voltage in accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 1 Min. pulse duration Pulse suppression Potential isolation Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 max. Simultaneity in the two-hand circuit Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Max.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi2p Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g. control cabinet) Housing Terminals Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti products Input modules PNOZ mi2p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mi2p 8 standard inputs 773 410 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 400 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 400 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no. PNOZmulti bus terminator Terminator 779 110 KOP-XE 774 639 Jumper Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Output modules PNOZ mo1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mo1p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Semiconductor outputs: 4 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 } Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Front view Legend: } 0 V, 24 V Supply connections } O0 – O4 Semiconductor outputs Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional semiconductor outputs. The function of the outputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Interface to next module Interface to previous module Block diagram O0 O1 O2 O3 24 V 0V 24 V 0V System reaction time Calculation of the maximum reaction time between an input switching off and a linked output in the system switching off is described in the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion [ 29]". Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } Two connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V (semiconductor outputs), plus A1 and A2 (power supply). This means that the supply voltage can be looped through several connections.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Feedback loop Redundant output Contacts from external contactors K1 O0 (O2, O4) O1 (O3, O5) K2 LL- I0 L+ Connection example L+ L- K1 K4 K2 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 O0 O1 O2 O3 OA0 T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 COCO+ I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 24V 24V PNOZ mo1p 0V 0V CI+ CI- K3 PNOZ m1p S1 S2 K2 K4 S3 S4 K1 K3 PNOZ mo1p: Contactor K3 and K4 PNOZ m1p: Feedback loop K3 and K4 at I14 Pilz GmbH
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Residual ripple DC Potential isolation Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Semiconductor outputs Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Broadband noise In accordance with the st
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Mechanical data Weight 773500 154 g 773505 156 g Where standards are undated, the 2008-03 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode 1-channel 2-channel EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL PL d PL e Category Cat. 2 Cat.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo1p Supplementary data Maximum capacitive load C (μF) with load current I (mA) at the semiconductor outputs C (µF) 6 4 2 0 0 10 50 100 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 I (mA) Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p PNOZ mo2p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mo2p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Positive-guided relay outputs: 2 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Status indicators } Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p 773520 Front view Key: } O0 – O1 Relay outputs Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional relay outputs. The function of the outputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Block diagram O0 14 23 O1 Interface to next module Interface to previous module 13 24 Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 22,5 (0.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. 186] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Connection example K3 K5 K2 K4 K6 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 13 14 23 24 OA0 T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 COCO+ K1 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 33 34 PNOZ mo4p 43 44 CI+ CI- L+ L- PNOZ m1p S1 S2 K2 K4 K5 S3 K1 K3 K6 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Relay outputs Utilisation category In a
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Relay outputs Utilisation category of safety contacts AC1 at Min. current Max. current Max. power DC1 at Min. current Max. current Max. power Safety contacts, AC1 at Max. current Max. power Safety contacts, DC 1 at Max. current Max. power Utilisation category In accordance with the standard Utilisation category of safety contacts AC15 at Max. current Max. power DC13 (6 cycles/min) at Max. current Max.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Broadband noise In accordance with the standard Frequency
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 773520 773525 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 121,0 mm 170 g 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 121,0 mm 151 g Where standards are undated, the 2009-01 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode 1-channel 2-channel EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL PL c PL e Category Cat. 1 Cat.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Supplementary data Service life graph for the relay contacts Cycles x 1000 The service life graphs indicate the number of cycles from which failures due to wear must be expected. The wear is mainly caused by the electrical load; the mechanical load is negligible. Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 24 VDC and 230 VAC Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Number of cycles x 1000 Output modules PNOZ mo2p Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 110 VDC Example } Inductive load: 0.2 A } Utilisation category: AC15 } Contact service life: 1 000 000 cycles Provided the application to be implemented requires fewer than 1 000 000 cycles, the PFH value (see Technical details [ 186]) can be used in the calculation. To increase the service life, sufficient spark suppression must be provided on all relay contacts.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo2p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mo2p Expansion module, 1 or 2 relay outputs, positive-guided 773 520 PNOZ mo2p coated version Expansion module, 1 or 2 relay outputs, positive-guided, coated version 773 525 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p PNOZ mo3p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mo3p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Semiconductor outputs: 2 dual-pole safety outputs up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061, depending on the application } Open circuit detection } Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p O0+ O0O1+ O1- Front view PNOZ mo3p Legend: } 0 V, 24 V Supply connections } O0+, O0- and O1+, O1Dual-pole semiconductor outputs Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional semiconductor outputs. The function of the outputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p Interface to next module Interface to previous module Block diagram 24 V 0V O0+ O0- O1+ O1- 24 V 0V System reaction time Calculation of the maximum reaction time between an input switching off and a linked output in the system switching off is described in the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion [ 29]". Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } Two connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V (semiconductor outputs), plus A1 and A2 (power supply). This means that the supply voltage can be looped through several connections.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p Redundant output Single output Feedback loop O0+ O0O1+ O1- K1 K2 O0+ O0- K1 O1+ O1- K2 Redundant output Contacts from external contactors L+ K1 O0+ O0O1+ O1- K2 I0 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p Connection example L+ L- K1 K4 K2 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 O0+ O0O1+ O1- OA0 COT0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 CO+ I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 24V 24V PNOZ mo3p 0V 0V CI+ CI- K3 PNOZ m1p S1 S2 K2 K4 S3 S4 K1 K3 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Residual ripple DC Potential isolation BG, CCC, CE,
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Semiconductor outputs, 2-pole Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Residual current at "0" Signal level at "1" Switch-off delay Open circuit detection off Galvanic isolation Short circuit-proof Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature ra
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 121,0 mm 127 g Where standards are undated, the 2008-03 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode 2-channel EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL PL e Category Cat.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo3p Supplementary data Maximum capacitive load C (μF) with load current I (mA) at the semiconductor outputs C (µF) 6 4 2 0 0 10 50 100 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 I (mA) Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p PNOZ mo4p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mo4p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Positive-guided relay outputs: 4 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Status indicators } Max.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p 773536 Front view Legend: } O0 – O3 Relay outputs Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional relay outputs. The function of the outputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Block diagram O0 14 23 O1 24 33 43 O3 O2 34 Interface to next module Interface to previous module 13 44 Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 22,5 (0.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. 208] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Connection example K3 K5 K2 K4 K6 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 13 14 23 24 OA0 T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 COCO+ K1 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 33 34 PNOZ mo4p 43 44 CI+ CI- L+ L- PNOZ m1p S1 S2 K2 K4 K5 S3 K1 K3 K6 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Relay outputs Utilisation category In a
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Relay outputs Utilisation category of safety contacts AC1 at Min. current Max. current Max. power DC1 at Min. current Max. current Max. power Safety contacts, AC1 at Max. current Max. power Safety contacts, DC 1 at Max. current Max. power Utilisation category In accordance with the standard Utilisation category of safety contacts AC15 at Max. current Max. power DC13 (6 cycles/min) at Max. current Max. power AC15 at Max. current Max.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Relay outputs External contact fuse protection, safety contacts In accordance with the standard Blow-out fuse, quick Blow-out fuse, slow Circuit breaker 24V AC/DC, characteristic B/C Switch-off delay Conventional thermal current Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Mechanical data Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals (relay outputs) 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals (relay outputs) Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 773536 773537 0,25 - 2,50 mm², 24 - 12 AWG 0,25 - 2,50 mm², 24 - 12 AWG 0,25 - 1,50 mm², 24 - 16 AWG 0,25 - 1,50 mm², 24 - 16 AWG 1 1 10 mm
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Supplementary data Service life graph for the relay contacts Cycles x 1000 The service life graphs indicate the number of cycles from which failures due to wear must be expected. The wear is mainly caused by the electrical load; the mechanical load is negligible. Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 24 VDC and 230 VAC Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Number of cycles x 1000 Output modules PNOZ mo4p Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 110 VDC Example } Inductive load: 0.2 A } Utilisation category: AC15 } Contact service life: 1 000 000 cycles Provided the application to be implemented requires fewer than 1 000 000 cycles, the PFH value (see Technical details [ 208]) can be used in the calculation. To increase the service life, sufficient spark suppression must be provided on all relay contacts.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo4p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mo4p Expansion module, 2 or 4 relay outputs, positive-guided 773 536 PNOZ mo4p coated version Expansion module, 2 or 4 relay outputs, positive-guided, coated version 773 537 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p PNOZ mo5p Overview Unit features The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Positive-guided relay outputs, diverse: 4 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 } Suitable for controlling the safety valves on a burner in accordance with EN 50156 } Status indicators } Plug-in connection terminals (either cage clamp terminal or screw terminal
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p 77353 Front view 5 Key: } O0 – O3 Relay outputs Function description Integrated protection mechanisms The relay conforms to the following safety criteria: } The circuit is redundant with built-in self-monitoring. } The safety function remains effective in the case of a component failure. } The relay contacts meet the requirements for protective separation through increased insulation compared with all other circuits in the safety system.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p System reaction time Calculation of the maximum reaction time between an input switching off and a linked output in the system switching off is described in the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion [ 29]". Block diagram O0 14 23 O1 24 33 43 O3 O2 34 Interface to next module Interface to previous module 13 44 Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. 221] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Connecting the safety valves on a burner in accordance with EN 50156 O0 14 23 O1 24 43 33 O2 O3 34 Interface to next module Interface to previous module 13 44 230 V AC Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Connection example K3 K5 K2 K4 K6 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 13 14 23 24 OA0 T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 COCO+ K1 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 33 34 PNOZ mo5p 43 44 CI+ CI- L+ L- PNOZ m1p S1 S2 K2 K4 K5 S3 K1 K3 K6 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Relay outputs Utilisation category In a
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Relay outputs Utilisation category of safety contacts AC1 at Min. current Max. current Max. power DC1 at Min. current Max. current Max. power Utilisation category In accordance with the standard Utilisation category of safety contacts AC15 at Max. current Max. power DC13 (6 cycles/min) at Max. current Max.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Environmental data Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Mechanical data Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals (relay outputs) 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals (relay outputs) Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 0,25 - 2,50 mm², 24 - 12 AWG 0,25 - 1,50 mm², 24 - 16 AWG 1 10 mm 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 121,0 mm 198 g Where standards are undated, the 2009-01 latest edi
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Safety characteristic data Operating mode 1-channel 2-channel EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL PL c PL e Category Cat. 1 Cat. 4 EN 62061 EN 62061 IEC 61511 IEC 61511 SIL CL PFHD [1/h] SIL PFD SIL CL 3 2,90E-08 3,00E-10 SIL 3 2,60E-03 5,20E-07 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 TM [year] 20 20 All the units used within a safety function must be considered when calculating the safety characteristic data.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Supplementary data Service life graph for the relay contacts Cycles x 1000 The service life graphs indicate the number of cycles from which failures due to wear must be expected. The wear is mainly caused by the electrical load; the mechanical load is negligible. Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 24 VDC and 230 VAC Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Number of cycles x 1000 Output modules PNOZ mo5p Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 110 VDC Example } Inductive load: 0.2 A } Utilisation category: AC15 } Contact service life: 1 000 000 cycles Provided the application to be implemented requires fewer than 1 000 000 cycles, the PFH value (see Technical details [ 221]) can be used in the calculation. To increase the service life, sufficient spark suppression must be provided on all relay contacts.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mo5p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mo5p Expansion module, 2 or 4 relay outputs, positive-guided, diverse 773 534 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 536 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 536 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mc1p PNOZ mc1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc1p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Semiconductor outputs: – 16 auxiliary outputs } Status indicators } Coated version: Increased environmental requirements (see Technical details [ 233]) } Plug-in connection terminals: either spring-loaded te
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mc1p 773700 Front view Function description Functions The expansion module operates as a signal module with non-safety-related outputs. The function of the outputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mc1p Block diagram 0V 24 V 0V Interface to next module Interface to previous module 24 V OA0 OA1 OA2 OA3 OA4 OA5 OA6 OA7 OA8 OA9 OA10 OA11OA12 OA13 OA14 OA15 Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 45 (1.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mc1p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. Please note: } 2 connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V. This means that the supply voltage can be looped through several connections. The current at each terminal may not exceed 3 A. } Outputs OA0 to OA15 are auxiliary outputs using semiconductor technology.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mc1p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Potential isolation Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Semiconductor outputs (standard) Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Max.
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mc1p Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Corrosive gas check SO2: Concentration 10 ppm, duration 10 days, passive H2S: Concentration 1 ppm, duratio
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mc1p Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded
PNOZmulti products Output modules PNOZ mc1p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc1p Expansion module, 16 semiconductor outputs, standard 773 700 PNOZ mc1p coated version Expansion module, 16 semiconductor outputs, standard, coated version 773 705 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ma1p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } 2 safe analogue inputs for current or voltage measurement } Each input can be configured separately } Voltage range: -10,24 ... +10.2375 V } Current range: 0 ... 25.
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p } Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for the PNOZmulti base units that can be connected. 1 1 1 1 Front view Key: } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } I0+, I0-: Inputs for current measurement } U0+, U0Inputs for voltage measurement Function Description Functions The analogue input module monitors analogue input signals. It can measure both current and voltage.
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p In the PNOZmulti Configurator you can define limit values, which are to be monitored: } Range monitoring With range monitoring you can define the permitted value range. You can define up to 4 range limits (e.g. <3 mA monitored for open circuit; I > 21 mA monitored for encoder error).
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 94 (3.70") 45 (1.77") Commissioning Wiring The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } The power supply that feeds the expansion module and the input devices must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation (SELV, PELV).
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Connection Example for current measurement SIL2 application PNOZ ma1p 24 V 0V I0+ I0- SIL3 application 24 V 0V PNOZ ma1p I0+ I0I1+ I124 V 0V Connection to transducer (SIL2 or SIL3) Please note: } The transducers are SIL2 certified } The voltage supply to the input device is optional } With current measurement, the voltage inputs U+ - U- must be short-circuited. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Residual ripple DC Status indicator Analogue inputs Number of analogue inputs Type of analogue inputs Input filter Cutoff frequency Current measurement Signal range Value range Resolution Value of least significant bit (LSB) Input resistance Max.
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Analogue inputs Deviations from the measuring range limit value Output variable error at 25 ℃ Temperature coefficient Greatest transient deviation during el. interference test Max. measurement error at full temperature range Max. measurement error in the case of a potential module error Max.
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Mechanical data Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 773812 773813 1 1 9,0 mm 9,0 mm 94,0 mm 45,0 mm 121,0 mm 184 g 94,0 mm 45,0 mm 121,0 mm 196 g Where standards are undated, the 2009-10 latest editions shall apply.
PNOZmulti products Analogue input module PNOZ ma1p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ ma1p Expansion module, 2 analogue inputs 773 812 PNOZ ma1p coated version Expansion module, 2 analogue inputs, coated version 773 813 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 700 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 700 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Link modules PNOZ ml1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ml1p: Link module to safely connect two configurable control systems PNOZmulti. The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Point-to-point connection via 4-core shielded and twisted-pair cable } 32 virtual inputs and 32 virtual outputs } Status indicators } Plug-in connection terminals (either cage clamp terminal or screw terminal) } Max.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Shield Front view Key: } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } CA+, CA-, CB+, CB-: Connections for 2 expansion modules PNOZ ml1p } Shield: Connection for the cable shield Function Description Functions The PNOZ ml1p link module is used to safely transfer the input information from 32 virtual inputs and 32 virtual outputs between two PNOZmulti systems. One link module is assigned to each base unit. Data is exchanged cyclically.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Data exchange: } Data is exchanged cyclically. } After the end of a PNOZmulti cycle, each base unit sends its output data to its link module. This output data is immediately sent to the link module on the other base unit. } At the same time, the base unit reads the input data from the link module. Connection of multiple base units: Any number of base units can be connected via PNOZ ml1p link modules.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Virtual inputs and outputs: Inputs and outputs for both PNOZmulti systems are assigned in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Inputs and outputs with the same number are assigned to each other, e.g. output o5 on one PNOZmulti system to input i5 on the other PNOZmulti system. Base unit 1 Virtual outputs o0 ... o31 Virtual inputs i0 ... i31 Base unit 2 Virtual inputs i0 ... i31 Virtual outputs o0 ...
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } Two connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V (semiconductor outputs), plus A1 and A2 (power supply).
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p } You can use ready-made cable from Pilz to connect two PNOZ ml1p. The plug-in connection terminals are either designed as cage clamp terminals or screw terminals (see order reference). } Cable shield: – Please note: Always connect the shield to both link modules (Shield terminal). – The shield of the connection cable may only be connected to the Shield terminals on both PNOZ ml1p. Do not connect the shield to the equipotential bonding bar, for example.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Connection examples Example: Series connection of 3 base units Reaction time tSUM between base unit Base 1 and Base 2: Input delay tON at I3 and I6 + data transmission time1 * tBUS through link module + switch-off delay tCOND of the semiconductor output at O0 tSUM = tON + (n * tBUS) + tCOND tSUM = 4 ms + (1 * 35 ms ) + 30 ms = 69 ms Reaction time tSUM between base unit Base 1 and Base 3: Input delay tON at I3 und I6 + data transmission time 2 * tBUS through link mo
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Example: Connection of 5 base units The reaction times are calculated in the same way as application example 1.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Max.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Safety characteristic data Operating mode 2-channel EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL PL e Category Cat. 4 EN 62061 EN 62061 IEC 61511 IEC 61511 SIL CL PFHD [1/h] SIL PFD SIL CL 3 8,82E-09 SIL 3 3,86E-05 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 TM [year] 20 All the units used within a safety function must be considered when calculating the safety characteristic data. Order reference Product Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml1p Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mli1p 1.5m spring Cable, 5-pin, shielded, spring-loaded terminal, 1.5 m 773 896 PNOZ mli1p 1.5m spring Cable, 5-pin, shielded, spring-loaded terminal, 1.5 m 773 897 SafetyNET p Cable SafetyNET p cable, 1 - 500 m 380 000 Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 400 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 400 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p PNOZ ml2p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ml2p: Link module to safely connect decentralised input/output modules to a configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Max. 4 PNOZ ml2p can be connected to the base unit } Max.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Front view Key: } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } CAN+, CAN-, VCC, GND: Connection for decentralised modules } Shield: Connection for the cable shield Function description Operation The link module PNOZ ml2p is used to safely transfer the input information from decentralised modules to the safety system PNOZmulti. The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Data exchange: } Communication with the decentralised modules is via a safe data link. } The link module PNOZ ml2p reads the input information from the decentralised modules as part of each cycle and then forwards it to the base unit. } At the end of a PNOZmulti cycle, the base unit sends its output data to its link module. This output data is immediately sent to the decentralised modules.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } Two connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V (semiconductor outputs), plus A1 and A2 (power supply).
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Insulation voltage test The product PNOZ ml2p is connected to functional earth via protection elements on the supply voltage. Insulation voltage tests are only possible with voltages up to ca. 42 V. Preparing for operation Download modified project to the PNOZmulti safety system As soon as an additional expansion module has been connected to the system, the project must be amended using the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Connection when using the PSS SB BUSCABLE LC in conjunction with a Pilz selfassembly "PSS67 M12 connector" (see order reference in the Technical Catalogue) PNOZ ml2p CAN+ CANVCC GND Shield red 1 brown 2 white 3 green 4 5 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Series connection of 4 decentralised modules You can connect up to 4 decentralised modules in series to a PNOZmulti link module. PNOZ ml2p Voltage drop The max. cable length depends on the voltage drop in the supply voltage cables. The level of voltage drop is determined by the: } Cable resistance on the supply voltage cables } Operating current of the modules } Load on the modules To increase the max.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Guidelines for various cable types Cable type Voltage drop per 10 m and per 100 mA PSS SB BUSCABLE LC 0.1 V Sensor cable 0.25 mm2 0.15 V 2 0.11 V Sensor cable 0.34 mm Sensor cable 0.5 mm2 0.07 V Calculation example } The PSS SB BUSCABLE LC is used in accordance with the pin assignment in section 6.2.2. Voltage drop per 10 m and per 100 mA: 0.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p } U1 … U4: Voltage drop on the respective connection path Total voltage drop from the link module PNOZ ml2p to the final PDP67 F 8DI ION: Utotal = U1 + U2 + U3 + U4 Utotal = 1.3 V + 0.825 V + 0.5 V + 0.10 V = 2.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Environmental data EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Mechanical data Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 1 9 mm 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 121,0 mm 133 g Where standards are undated, the 2009-12 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode – EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL PL e Category Cat.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Adapter Product type Features Order No. PSEN ma adapter Adapter for connection to safety switch PSENmag 380 300 PSEN cs adapter Adapter for connection to safety switch PSENcode 380 301 PSEN sl adapter Adapter for connection to safety switch PSENslock 380 325 Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Link modules PNOZ ml2p Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ms1p: Speed monitor for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Monitoring of 2 independent axes } Connection per axis } – 1 incremental encoder or – 2 proximity switches or – 1 incremental encoder and 1 proximity switch Measured variables: – Standstill – Speed (8 values can be set) – Direction of rotat
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p } Connection technology incremental encoder: Female RJ45 connector } Galvanic isolation between the connections X1, X12 and X22 } Max.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p – X22 Function description Operation The speed monitor can independently monitor two axes for standstill, speed and direction of rotation. The speed monitor signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit. Depending on the safety circuit loaded, the values can be transferred from the base unit, e.g. to a relay output on the safety system. Incremental encoders and/or proximity detectors can be used to record the values.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p } When monitoring with proximity switches we recommend you use proximity switches with hysteresis in order to prevent bounce and therefore incorrect measurements. Proximity switch 1 Proximity switch 2 Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Monitoring for broken shearpins If the Broken shearpin monitoring option is activated, a shearpin break is recognised if } both signals of the incremental encoder fall below the set standstill frequency (standstill) and } the proximity switch exceeds the set standstill frequency (rotating shaft). The recognised broken shearpin leads to safe condition (see status B2 in "Signal statuses" table in Chapter 8 of the operating manual).
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p On each of the 2 axes you can connect as required: } 1 incremental encoder or } 2 proximity switches or } 1 incremental encoder and 1 proximity switch Connection axis 1 Connection axis 2 Incremental encoder Proximity switch X12 - - I10, I11, 0 V X12 I10, 0 V X22 - - I20, I21, 0 V X22 I20, 0 V Pin assignment of RJ45 socket RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Track 1 5V 2 0V 3 n.c. 4 A 5 /A 6 n.c.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p } The proximity switch must always be connected to a 0 V terminal of the speed monitor. The 0 V terminals are connected internally.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Connect signals of the incremental encoder to the speed monitor Input device types: 1 Vss, 5 V-TTL } Supply incremental encoder and speed monitor with 5 VDC } Terminate incremental encoder with ZO = 120 Ohm Incremental encoder Speed monitor Fig.: Connection to incremental encoder type 1 Vss, 5 V-TTL Connect incremental encoder to the speed monitor via an adapter } The adapter is connected between the incremental encoder and the drive.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Adapter Incremental encoder 5V 5 V DC 0V 0V Drive A Zo /A B Zo /B 1 8 X12 X22 Speed monitor Fig.: Connection via adapter and drive Connection of proximity switches and incremental encoder Proximity switch and incremental encoder on various axes Axis 1: Proximity switch at I10, I11 or incremental encoder at X12 Axis 2: Proximity switch at I20, I21 or incremental encoder at X22 Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Proximity switch and incremental encoder on one axis Axis 1: Proximity switch at I10 (I11 is unused) and Incremental encoder at X12 Axis 2: Proximity switch at I20 (I21 is unused) and Incremental encoder at X22 L+ LI10 0V Axis 1 I11 I20 I21 X12 Axis 1 X22 Fig.: Proximity switch and incremental encoder on one axis Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Connection examples Connection of 2 proximity switches and an incremental encoder Description } 2 proximity switches, pnp-switching } 1 incremental encoder Speed monitor Incremental Encoder Drive PNOZ msi15p Fig.: Connection of 2 proximity switches, pnp-switching, one incremental encoder Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Connection of 4 proximity switches Description } 4 proximity switches, pnp-switching } Connection through 24 V terminals and 0 V Speed monitor Fig.: Connection of 4 proximity switches, pnp-switching, connection through 24 V terminals and 0 V Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Connection of an incremental encoder and proximity switch on an axis Description } 1 proximity switch, pnp-switching } 1 incremental encoder } Incremental encoder and proximity switch on one axis Speed monitor Incremental encoder Drive PNOZ msi15p Fig.: Connection of an incremental encoder and proximity switch, pnp-switching, on an axis Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Proximity switch input Number of inputs Input signal level Signal level at "1" Signal level at "0" Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis With hysteresis Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Connection type Supply voltage for incremental encoders Input signal
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Times Reaction time f>100 Hz: Configurable switch-off delay + switchoff delay of base unit f<100 Hz: Configurable switch-off delay + switchoff delay of base unit Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequenc
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Mechanical data Material Bottom Front Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per con
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ ms1p Expansion module, speed monitor 773 800 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 800 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 800 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no. PNOZmulti bus terminator Terminator 779 110 KOP-XE 774 639 Jumper Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Application Examples Safe standstill monitoring Configuration in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Standstill: depending on requirement } Speed n1: greater than the maximum permitted speed. If the "Overspeed" output (see red marking) = "0", either the maximum permitted speed has been exceeded or the speed monitor has recognised a fault. "Overdrive" output = "0" must lead to the shutdown of the relevant axis. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms1p Safe monitoring with "reduced speed" operating mode Configuration in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Standstill: depending on requirement } Speed n1: reduced speed, depending on requirement } Speed n2: greater than the maximum permitted speed. If the "Overspeed" output (see red marking) = "0", either the maximum permitted speed has been exceeded or the speed monitor has recognised a fault.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL PNOZ ms2p HTL Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ms2p HTL: Speed monitor for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Monitoring of 2 independent axes } Connection per axis } – 1 incremental encoder or – 2 proximity switches or – 1 incremental encoder and 1 proximity switch Measured variables: – Standstill – Speed (8 values can be set) – Direction of rotation
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL } Incremental encoder connection technology: RJ45 female connector } Galvanic isolation between the connections X1, X12 and X22 } Max.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL – X22 Function description Operation The speed monitor can independently monitor two axes for standstill, speed and direction of rotation. The speed monitor signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit. Depending on the safety circuit loaded, the values can be transferred from the base unit, e.g. to a relay output on the safety system. Incremental encoders and/or proximity detectors can be used to record the values.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL } When monitoring with proximity switches we recommend you use proximity switches with hysteresis in order to prevent bounce and therefore incorrect measurements. Proximity switch 1 Proximity switch 2 Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Monitoring for broken shearpins If the Broken shearpin monitoring option is activated, a shearpin break is recognised if } both signals of the incremental encoder fall below the set standstill frequency (standstill) and } the proximity switch exceeds the set standstill frequency (rotating shaft). The recognised broken shearpin leads to safe condition (see status B2 in "Signal statuses" table in Chapter 8 of the operating manual).
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL On each of the 2 axes you can connect as required: } 1 incremental encoder or } 2 proximity switches or } 1 incremental encoder and 1 proximity switch Connection axis 1 Connection axis 2 Incremental encoder Proximity switch X12 - - I10, I11, 0 V X12 I10, 0 V X22 - - I20, I21, 0 V X22 I20, 0 V Pin assignment of RJ45 socket RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Track 1 n.c. 2 0V 3 n.c. 4 A 5 /A 6 n.c.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL } The proximity switch must always be connected to a 0 V terminal of the speed monitor. The 0 V terminals are connected internally.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Incremental encoder Speed monitor 8 /B 7 B X12 X22 5 /A 4 A 2 0V 24 V 0V 24 V DC Fig.: Connection to incremental encoder type 24 V-HTL Connect incremental encoder to the speed monitor via an adapter } The adapter is connected between the incremental encoder and the drive. The output on the adapter is connected to the female RJ45 connector on the speed monitor. } The adapter can also be used without connecting to a drive.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Adapter Incremental 24 V encoder 0V 24 V DC 0V A /A B /B 1 8 X12 X22 Speed monitor Fig.: Connection via adapter Connection of proximity switches and incremental encoder Proximity switch and incremental encoder on various axes Axis 1: Proximity switch at I10, I11 or incremental encoder at X12 Axis 2: Proximity switch at I20, I21 or incremental encoder at X22 Fig.: Proximity switch and incremental encoder on various axes Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Proximity switch and incremental encoder on one axis Axis 1: Proximity switch at I10 (I11 is unused) and Incremental encoder at X12 Axis 2: Proximity switch at I20 (I21 is unused) and Incremental encoder at X22 L+ LI10 0V Axis 1 I11 I20 I21 X12 Axis 1 X22 Fig.: Proximity switch and incremental encoder on one axis Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Connection examples Connection of 2 proximity switches and an incremental encoder Description } 2 proximity switches, pnp-switching } 1 incremental encoder Speed monitor Incremental Encoder Drive PNOZ msi15p Fig.: Connection of 2 proximity switches, pnp-switching, one incremental encoder Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Connection of 4 proximity switches Description } 4 proximity switches, pnp-switching } Connection through 24 V terminals and 0 V Speed monitor Fig.: Connection of 4 proximity switches, pnp-switching, connection through 24 V terminals and 0 V Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Connection of an incremental encoder and proximity switch on an axis Description } 1 proximity switch, pnp-switching } 1 incremental encoder } Incremental encoder and proximity switch on one axis Speed monitor Incremental encoder Drive PNOZ msi15p Fig.: Connection of an incremental encoder and proximity switch, pnp-switching, on an axis Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Proximity switch input Number of inputs Input signal level Signal level at "1" Signal level at "0" Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis With hysteresis Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Connection type Input signal level Phase position for the differe
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Times Reaction time f>100 Hz: Configurable switch-off delay + switchoff delay of base unit f<100 Hz: Configurable switch-off delay + switchoff delay of base unit Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Freq
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Mechanical data Material Bottom Front Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ ms2p HTL Expansion module, speed monitor 773 815 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no. PNOZmulti bus terminator Terminator 779 110 KOP-XE 774 639 Jumper Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 800 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 800 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Application Examples Safe standstill monitoring Configuration in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Standstill: depending on requirement } Speed n1: greater than the maximum permitted speed. If the "Overspeed" output (see red marking) = "0", either the maximum permitted speed has been exceeded or the speed monitor has recognised a fault. "Overspeed" output = "0" must lead to the shutdown of the relevant axis. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p HTL Safe monitoring with "reduced speed" operating mode Configuration in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Standstill: depending on requirement } Speed n1: reduced speed, depending on requirement } Speed n2: greater than the maximum permitted speed. If the "Overspeed" output (see red marking) = "0", either the maximum permitted speed has been exceeded or the speed monitor has recognised a fault.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version): Speed monitor for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Monitoring of 2 independent axes } Connection per axis } – 1 incremental encoder or – 2 proximity switches or – 1 incremental encoder and 1 proximity switch Measured variables: – Standstill – Sp
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) } Incremental encoder connection technology: RJ45 female connector } Galvanic isolation between the connections X1, X12 and X22 } Max.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) – SHAFT 2 – X12 – X22 Function description Operation The speed monitor can independently monitor two axes for standstill, speed and direction of rotation. The speed monitor signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit. Depending on the safety circuit loaded, the values can be transferred from the base unit, e.g. to a relay output on the safety system.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) } The proximity switches must be fitted so that at least one is always activated (carries a high signal). } The proximity switches must be fitted so that the recorded signals overlap. } When monitoring with proximity switches we recommend you use proximity switches with hysteresis in order to prevent bounce and therefore incorrect measurements. Proximity switch 1 Proximity switch 2 Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Monitoring for broken shearpins If the Broken shearpin monitoring option is activated, a shearpin break is recognised if } both signals of the incremental encoder fall below the set standstill frequency (standstill) and } the proximity switch exceeds the set standstill frequency (rotating shaft). The recognised broken shearpin leads to safe condition (see status B2 in "Signal statuses" table in Chapter 8 of the operating manual).
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) On each of the 2 axes you can connect as required: } 1 incremental encoder or } 2 proximity switches or } 1 incremental encoder and 1 proximity switch Connection axis 1 Connection axis 2 Incremental encoder Proximity switch X12 - - I10, I11, 0 V X12 I10, 0 V X22 - - I20, I21, 0 V X22 I20, 0 V Pin assignment of RJ45 socket RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Track 1 n.c. 2 0V 3 n.c. 4 A 5 /A 6 n.c.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) } The proximity switch must always be connected to a 0 V terminal of the speed monitor. The 0 V terminals are connected internally.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Incremental encoder Speed monitor 8 /B Zo 7 B X12 X22 5 /A Zo 4 A 2 0V 5V 0V 5 V DC Fig.: Connection to incremental encoder type 1 Vss, 5 V-TTL Connect incremental encoder to the speed monitor via an adapter } The adapter is connected between the incremental encoder and the drive. The output on the adapter is connected to the female RJ45 connector on the speed monitor.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Adapter Incremental encoder 5V 5 V DC 0V 0V A Zo /A B Zo /B 1 8 X12 X22 Speed monitor Fig.: Connection via adapter Connection of proximity switches and incremental encoder Proximity switch and incremental encoder on various axes Axis 1: Proximity switch at I10, I11 or incremental encoder at X12 Axis 2: Proximity switch at I20, I21 or incremental encoder at X22 Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Proximity switch and incremental encoder on one axis Axis 1: Proximity switch at I10 (I11 is unused) and Incremental encoder at X12 Axis 2: Proximity switch at I20 (I21 is unused) and Incremental encoder at X22 L+ LI10 0V Axis 1 I11 I20 I21 X12 Axis 1 X22 Fig.: Proximity switch and incremental encoder on one axis Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Connection examples Connection of 2 proximity switches and an incremental encoder Description } 2 proximity switches, pnp-switching } 1 incremental encoder Speed monitor Incremental Encoder Drive PNOZ msi15p Fig.: Connection of 2 proximity switches, pnp-switching, one incremental encoder Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Connection of 4 proximity switches Description } 4 proximity switches, pnp-switching } Connection through 24 V terminals and 0 V Speed monitor Fig.: Connection of 4 proximity switches, pnp-switching, connection through 24 V terminals and 0 V Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Connection of an incremental encoder and proximity switch on an axis Description } 1 proximity switch, pnp-switching } 1 incremental encoder } Incremental encoder and proximity switch on one axis Speed monitor Incremental encoder Drive PNOZ msi15p Fig.: Connection of an incremental encoder and proximity switch, pnp-switching, on an axis Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Proximity switch input Number of inputs Input signal level Signal level at "1" Signal level at "0" Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis With hysteresis Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Connection type Input signal level Phase positio
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Times Reaction time f>100 Hz: Configurable switchoff delay + switch-off delay of base unit f<100 Hz: Configurable switchoff delay + switch-off delay of base unit Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Safety characteristic data Operating mode EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL Initiator PL e Incremental PL e encoder EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN IEC 62061 EN IEC 62061 IEC 61511 IEC 61511 SIL CL PFHD [1/h] Category Cat. 3 SIL CL 3 Cat.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Application Examples Safe standstill monitoring Configuration in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Standstill: depending on requirement } Speed n1: greater than the maximum permitted speed. If the "Overspeed" output (see red marking) = "0", either the maximum permitted speed has been exceeded or the speed monitor has recognised a fault. "Overspeed" output = "0" must lead to the shutdown of the relevant axis. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms2p TTL (Coated Version) Safe monitoring with "reduced speed" operating mode Configuration in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Standstill: depending on requirement } Speed n1: reduced speed, depending on requirement } Speed n2: greater than the maximum permitted speed. If the "Overspeed" output (see red marking) = "0", either the maximum permitted speed has been exceeded or the speed monitor has recognised a fault.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p PNOZ ms3p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ms3p: Speed monitor for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Monitoring of 2 independent axes } Connection per axis – } 1 incremental encoder Measured variables: – Standstill – Speed (8 values can be set) – Direction of rotation } Axis types, start mode can be selected in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Status indicato
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Front view 3 Key: } X12: – } X22: – } Female connector for connecting an incremental encoder to axis 1 Female connector for connecting an incremental encoder to axis 2 LEDs: – POWER – FAULT – SHAFT 1 – SHAFT 2 – X12 – X22 Function description Operation The speed monitor can independently monitor two axes for standstill, speed and direction of rotation. The speed monitor signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Block diagram RJ45 RJ45 Incremental encoders Requirements of the incremental encoders } } Only incremental encoders with a differential output of the following type are permitted – Sin/Cos – TTL (RS 422) – HTL (24 V) Please note the values stated in the technical details Adapter for incremental encoders The adapter records the data between the encoder and drive and makes it available to the PNOZ ms3p via the RJ45 socket.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 45 (1.77") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Details of the input type, axis type and reset mode, plus the values for standstill, speed monitoring and direction of rotation are also defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Pin assignment of RJ45 socket RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Track 1 n.c. 2 0V 3 n.c. 4 A 5 /A 6 n.c. 7 B 8 /B Connecting the incremental encoder Proceed as follows when connecting the incremental encoder: } The incremental encoder may be connected via an adapter or directly to the speed monitor. } The incremental encoder on connector X12 monitors axis 1; the incremental encoder on connector X22 monitors axis 2.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Incremental encoder 8 /B Zo Speed monitor 7 B X12 X22 5 /A Zo 4 A 2 0V 5V 0V 5 V DC Fig.: Connection to incremental encoder type 1 Vss, 5 V-TTL Encoder types: 24 V-HTL } Apply 24 VDC supply voltage to incremental encoder only } Do not terminate incremental encoder with Z0 = 120 Ohm Incremental encoder 8 /B B /A Speed monitor 7 X12 X22 5 A 0V 24 V 4 2 0V 24 V DC Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Adapter Incremental encoder 5V 5 V DC 0V 0V Drive A Zo /A B Zo /B 1 8 X12 X22 Speed monitor Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Times Configurable switch-off delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Reaction time f>100 Hz: Configurable switch-off delay + switchoff delay of base unit f<100 Hz: Configurable switch-off delay + switchoff delay of base unit Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensatio
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ ms3p Expansion module, speed monitor 773 820 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no. PNOZmulti bus terminator Terminator 779 110 KOP-XE 774 639 Jumper Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 783 800 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 793 800 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Application examples Examples without position control Evaluation of bit: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder", without position control Diagnostic bit 10: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder" must be evaluated in the user program during operation in such a way that a set bit leads to a safety-related error reaction (shutdown). Example 1 Immediate shutdown as soon as diagnostic bit 10 is set.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Example 2 A set diagnostic bit 10 can be tolerated for a maximum of 4 hours (occurrence of second error). If no feasible signals above standstill frequency are measured within this time, a shutdown will occur. In this case, the bit will be evaluated as follows: Please note that the direction of rotation must be evaluated for this example! Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Example with position control Evaluation of bit: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder", with position control Diagnostic bit 10: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder" may be set during position control as a result of jitter on the encoder. The set bit can be tolerated, i.e.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p Depending on the operating mode, evaluation of diagnostic bit 10 can be implemented in the user program as follows: An additional "Position Control" signal is incorporated. This signal indicates whether the relevant axis is in position control (signal status = 1) or in operation (signal status = 0).
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL PNOZ ms3p HTL Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ms3p HTL: Speed monitor for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Monitoring of 2 independent axes } Connection per axis – } 1 incremental encoder Measured variables: – Standstill – Speed (8 values can be set) – Direction of rotation } Axis types, start mode can be selected in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Sta
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Front view 3 Key: } X12: – } X22: – } Female connector for connecting an incremental encoder to axis 1 Female connector for connecting an incremental encoder to axis 2 LEDs: – POWER – FAULT – SHAFT 1 – SHAFT 2 – X12 – X22 Function description Operation The speed monitor can independently monitor two axes for standstill, speed and direction of rotation. The speed monitor signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Block diagram RJ45 RJ45 Incremental encoders Requirements of the incremental encoders } Only incremental encoders with a differential output of the following type are permitted – } HTL (12 V – 30 V) Please note the values stated in the technical details Adapter for incremental encoders The adapter records the data between the encoder and drive and makes it available to the PNOZ ms3p HTL via the RJ45 socket.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 45 (1.77") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Details of the input type, axis type and reset mode, plus the values for standstill, speed monitoring and direction of rotation are also defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Pin assignment of RJ45 socket RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Track 1 5V 2 0V 3 T 4 A 5 /A 6 /Z 7 B 8 /B Connecting the incremental encoder Proceed as follows when connecting the incremental encoder: } The incremental encoder may be connected via an adapter or directly to the speed monitor. } The incremental encoder on connector X12 monitors axis 1; the incremental encoder on connector X22 monitors axis 2.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Connect the signals from the incremental encoder to the speed monitor Encoder types: 24 V-HTL } Apply 24 VDC supply voltage to incremental encoder only } Do not terminate incremental encoder with Z0 = 120 Ohm Incremental encoder 8 /B B /A Speed monitor 7 X12 X22 5 A 0V 24 V 4 2 0V 24 V DC Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Adapter Incremental 24 V encoder 0V 24 V DC Drive 0V A /A B /B 1 8 X12 X22 Speed monitor Fig.: Connection via adapter and drive Adapter Incremental 24 V encoder 0V 24 V DC 0V A /A B /B 1 8 X12 X22 Speed monitor Fig.: Connection via adapter Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Connection type Input signal level Phase position for the differential signals A, /A and B,/B Overload protection Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis With hysteresis Times Configurable switch-off delay Supply interruption bef
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Environmental data Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Mechanical data Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 9 mm 94,0 mm 45,0 mm 121,0 mm 211 g Where standards are undated, the 2009-10 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL Category Incremental PL e encoder Cat.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Application examples Examples without position control Evaluation of bit: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder", without position control Diagnostic bit 10: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder" must be evaluated in the user program during operation in such a way that a set bit leads to a safety-related error reaction (shutdown). Example 1 Immediate shutdown as soon as diagnostic bit 10 is set.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Example 2 A set diagnostic bit 10 can be tolerated for a maximum of 4 hours (occurrence of second error). If no feasible signals above standstill frequency are measured within this time, a shutdown will occur. In this case, the bit will be evaluated as follows: Please note that the direction of rotation must be evaluated for this example! Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Example with position control Evaluation of bit: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder", with position control Diagnostic bit 10: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder" may be set during position control as a result of jitter on the encoder. The set bit can be tolerated, i.e.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p HTL Depending on the operating mode, evaluation of diagnostic bit 10 can be implemented in the user program as follows: An additional "Position Control" signal is incorporated. This signal indicates whether the relevant axis is in position control (signal status = 1) or in operation (signal status = 0).
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL PNOZ ms3p TTL Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ms3p TTL: Speed monitor for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Monitoring of 2 independent axes } Connection per axis – } 1 incremental encoder Measured variables: – Standstill – Speed (8 values can be set) – Direction of rotation } Axis types, start mode can be selected in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Sta
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Front view 3 Key: } X12: – } X22: – } Female connector for connecting an incremental encoder to axis 1 Female connector for connecting an incremental encoder to axis 2 LEDs: – POWER – FAULT – SHAFT 1 – SHAFT 2 – X12 – X22 Function description Operation The speed monitor can independently monitor two axes for standstill, speed and direction of rotation. The speed monitor signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Block diagram RJ45 RJ45 Incremental encoders Requirements of the incremental encoders } } Only incremental encoders with a differential output of the following type are permitted – Sin/Cos – TTL (RS422) Please note the values stated in the technical details Adapter for incremental encoders The adapter records the data between the encoder and drive and makes it available to the PNOZ ms3p TTL via the RJ45 socket.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 45 (1.77") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Details of the input type, axis type and reset mode, plus the values for standstill, speed monitoring and direction of rotation are also defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Pin assignment of RJ45 socket RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Track 1 n.c. 2 0V 3 n.c. 4 A 5 /A 6 n.c. 7 B 8 /B Connecting the incremental encoder Proceed as follows when connecting the incremental encoder: } The incremental encoder may be connected via an adapter or directly to the speed monitor. } The incremental encoder on connector X12 monitors axis 1; the incremental encoder on connector X22 monitors axis 2.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Connect the signals from the incremental encoder to the speed monitor Encoder types: 1 Vss, 5 V-TTL } Apply 5 VDC to incremental encoder only } Do not terminate incremental encoder with Z0 = 120 Ohm Incremental encoder 8 /B Zo B /A Speed monitor 7 X12 X22 5 Zo A 0V 5V 4 2 0V 5 V DC Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Adapter Incremental encoder 5V 5 V DC 0V 0V Drive A Zo /A B Zo /B 1 8 X12 X22 Speed monitor Fig.: Connection via adapter and drive Adapter Incremental encoder 5V 5 V DC 0V 0V A Zo /A B Zo /B 1 8 X12 X22 Speed monitor Fig.: Connection via adapter Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Connection type Input signal level Phase position for the differential signals A, /A and B,/B Overload protection Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis With hysteresis Times Configurable switch-off delay Supply interruption bef
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Environmental data Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Mechanical data Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 9 mm 94,0 mm 45,0 mm 121,0 mm 220 g Where standards are undated, the 2009-10 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL Category Incremental PL e encoder Cat.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Application examples Examples without position control Evaluation of bit: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder", without position control Diagnostic bit 10: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder" must be evaluated in the user program during operation in such a way that a set bit leads to a safety-related error reaction (shutdown). Example 1 Immediate shutdown as soon as diagnostic bit 10 is set.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Example 2 A set diagnostic bit 10 can be tolerated for a maximum of 4 hours (occurrence of second error). If no feasible signals above standstill frequency are measured within this time, a shutdown will occur. In this case, the bit will be evaluated as follows: Please note that the direction of rotation must be evaluated for this example! Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Example with position control Evaluation of bit: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder", with position control Diagnostic bit 10: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder" may be set during position control as a result of jitter on the encoder. The set bit can be tolerated, i.e.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms3p TTL Depending on the operating mode, evaluation of diagnostic bit 10 can be implemented in the user program as follows: An additional "Position Control" signal is incorporated. This signal indicates whether the relevant axis is in position control (signal status = 1) or in operation (signal status = 0).
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p PNOZ ms4p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ ms4p: Speed monitor for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Monitoring of 1 axis } Connection: 1 incremental encoder } Measured variables: – Standstill – Speed (16 values can be set) – Direction of rotation } Axis types, start mode can be selected in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Status indicators for – Supply volta
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Front view 4 Fig.: Front view of PNOZ ms4p Key: } X12: – } Female connector for connecting an incremental encoder LEDs: – POWER – FAULT – SHAFT – X12 Function description Operation The speed monitor can monitor an axis for standstill, speed and direction of rotation. The speed monitor signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Block diagram Interface to next module Interface to previous module X1 X12 Incremental encoders Requirements of the incremental encoders } } Only incremental encoders with a differential output of the following type are permitted – Sin/Cos – TTL (RS 422) – HTL (24 V) Please note the values stated in the technical details Adapter for incremental encoders The adapter records the data between the encoder and drive and makes it available to the PNOZ ms4
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 45 (1.77") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Details of the input type, axis type and reset mode, plus the values for standstill, speed monitoring and direction of rotation are also defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Pin assignment of RJ45 socket RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Track 1 5V 2 0V 3 T 4 A 5 /A 6 /Z 7 B 8 /B Connecting the incremental encoder Proceed as follows when connecting the incremental encoder: } The incremental encoder may be connected via an adapter (e.g. ) or directly to the speed monitor.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Connect the signals from the incremental encoder to the speed monitor Encoder types: 1 Vss, 5 V-TTL } Apply 5 VDC to incremental encoder only } Do not terminate incremental encoder with Z0 = 120 Ohm Incremental encoder 8 /B Zo Speed monitor 7 B X12 X22 5 /A Zo 4 A 2 0V 5V 0V 5 V DC Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p } The signals relevant for the speed monitor are utilised in parallel by the adapter. The information stated under "Connect incremental encoder signals to the speed monitor" and in the adapter operating manual must be observed when connecting the supply voltage. } Supply only incremental encoder with 5 VDC. 24 V-HTL signals may not be terminated. Adapter Incremental encoder 5V 5 V DC 0V 0V A Zo /A B Zo /B 1 8 X12 Speed monitor Fig.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Connection type Input signal level Phase position for the differential signals A, /A and B,/B Overload protection Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis With hysteresis Times Configurable switch-off delay Supply interruption before
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Environmental data Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Mechanical data Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 9 mm 94,0 mm 45,0 mm 121,0 mm 203 g Where standards are undated, the 2008-12 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL Category Incremental PL e encoder Cat.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Application examples Example without position control Evaluation of bit: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder", without position control Diagnostic bit 10: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder" must be evaluated in the user program during operation in such a way that a set bit leads to a safety-related error reaction (shutdown).
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p Application example: Enable PNOZmulti Base Unit PNOZ ms3p ms4p PLC Drive Control Position Control M Depending on the operating mode, evaluation of diagnostic bit 10 can be implemented in the user program as follows: Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Speed monitors PNOZ ms4p An additional "Position Control" signal is incorporated. This signal indicates whether the relevant axis is in position control (signal status = 1) or in operation (signal status = 0). The time element with configured switch-off delay operates as a start-up suppressor, as the bit: "Unfeasible or single-channel signal from the incremental encoder" may still be present for 2 s after leaving standstill.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc0p: Power supply used to supply voltage to the fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p or PNOZ mc5.1p LWL. The product has the following features: } Interface to connect the base unit and a fieldbus module } Galvanic isolation } Max. 1 fieldbus module (PNOZ mc5p or PNOZ mc5.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Front view 2 Function description Functions The PNOZ mc0p power supply provides the fieldbus module with the necessary internal supply voltage. This way the fieldbus module remains available even when the base unit is switched off. The power supply is connected to the base unit and fieldbus module via jumpers. When the 24 VDC supply voltage is applied, the “POWER” LED is lit. The “BASE” LED is lit when supply voltage is applied to the base unit.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Base module Fieldbus module Block diagram Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 22,5 (0.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Commissioning General wiring guidelines Please note: } The PNOZ mc0p can be supplied by a separate power supply (see Connection example [ 388]). The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation (SELV, PELV). } The torque setting of the screws on the connection terminals is specified under Technical details [ 388]. } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Connection example Redundant power supply 24V 24V 0V 0V 13 14 23 24 OA0 CO+ T0 T1 T2 T3 O0 O1 O2 O3 CO- CI+ CI- 24V 24V 0V 0V 24V 24V PNOZ mc0p 0V 0V I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19 A1 A1 A2 A2 PNOZ mc5.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Environmental data Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc0p Mechanical data Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc1p PNOZ mc1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc1p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Semiconductor outputs: – 16 auxiliary outputs } Status indicators } Coated version: Increased environmental requirements (see Technical details [ 395]) } Plug-in connection terminals: either spring-loaded
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc1p 773700 Front view Function description Functions The expansion module operates as a signal module with non-safety-related outputs. The function of the outputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc1p Block diagram 0V 24 V 0V Interface to next module Interface to previous module 24 V OA0 OA1 OA2 OA3 OA4 OA5 OA6 OA7 OA8 OA9 OA10 OA11OA12 OA13 OA14 OA15 Installation 121 (4.76") Dimensions 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 45 (1.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc1p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. Please note: } 2 connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V. This means that the supply voltage can be looped through several connections. The current at each terminal may not exceed 3 A. } Outputs OA0 to OA15 are auxiliary outputs using semiconductor technology.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc1p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Potential isolation Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Semiconductor outputs (standard) Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Max.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc1p Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Corrosive gas check SO2: Concentration 10 ppm, duration 10 days, passive H2S: Concentration 1 ppm, durat
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc1p Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Stripping length with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals 1 core flexible without crimp connector 1 core flexible with crimp connector Spring-load
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc1p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc1p Expansion module, 16 semiconductor outputs, standard 773 700 PNOZ mc1p coated version Expansion module, 16 semiconductor outputs, standard, coated version 773 705 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.1p PNOZ mc2.1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc2.1p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Network protocols: EtherCAT } supports CANopen over EtherCAT (DS301 V4.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.1p EtherCAT Front view 2 PNOZ mc2.1p LINK ACT1 RUN LINK ACT2 ERR 773710 Legend: } X1: EtherCAT IN } X2: EtherCAT OUT } LEDs: – LINK ACT1 – LINK ACT2 – ERR – RUN is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via EtherCAT are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.1p Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the master and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of byte 1 has the number i12. } Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Each output that is used is given a number there, e.g. o0, o5... The status of output o0 is stored in bit 0 of byte 0; the status of output o5 is stored in bit 5 of byte 0 etc.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.1p Base unit EtherCAT Block diagram Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with EtherCAT. Please note: Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.1p } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. 404] must be followed. Please note the following when connecting to EtherCAT: } } The following minimum requirements of the connection cable and connector must be met: – Only use standard industrial Ethernet cable and connectors. – Only use double-shielded twisted pair cable and shielded RJ45 connectors (industrial connectors).
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.1p Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc2.1p Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 114,0 mm 140 g Where standards are undated, the 2011-09 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc2.1p Fieldbus module, EtherCAT 773 713 Accessories Jumper Product type Features Order No. KOP-XE Jumper 774 639 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p PNOZ mc3p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc3p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for PROFIBUS-DP } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p Front view PROFIBUS-DP X1 ADDRESS x10 x1 PNOZ mc3p FAULT OFFLINE ONLINE Key: } X1: PROFIBUS-DP interface (female 9-pin D-Sub connector) } LEDs: – FAULT – OFFLINE – ONLINE Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via PROFIBUS are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ mc3p are connected via a jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the master and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of byte 1 has the number i12. } Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Each output that is used is given a number there, e.g. o0, o5... The status of output o0 is stored in bit 0 of byte 0; the status of output o5 is stored in bit 5 of byte 0 etc.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p Base unit PROFIBUS DP Block diagram Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 22,5 (0.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p Commissioning Wiring General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p Preparing for operation Setting the station address The station address of the expansion module PNOZ mc3p is set between 0 ... 99 (decimal) via two rotary switches x1 and x10. 0 91 56 78 x10 2 34 } On the upper rotary switch x10, use a small screwdriver to set the tens digit for the address (“3” in the example). 0 91 56 78 x1 2 34 } On the lower rotary switch x1, set the ones digit for the address (“6” in the example).
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p Connection example PROFIBUS-DP Slave 1 PROFIBUS-DP Slave 3 PROFIBUS-DP Slave n PROFIBUS-DP Master PROFIBUS-DP X1 PNOZ mc3p PROFIBUS ADDRESS x10 x1 PNOZ mc3p FAULT OFFLINE ONLINE PROFIBUS-DP Slave 2 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Station address Transmission rate Connection Galvanic isola
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc3p Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 119,0 mm 119 g Where standards are undated, the 2011-09 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc3p Fieldbus module, PROFIBUS-DP 773 732 Accessories Jumper Product type Features Order No. KOP-XE Jumper 774 639 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p PNOZ mc4p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc4p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for DeviceNet } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p Front view X1 1 V- 2 CL 3 SD 4 CH 5 V+ ON OFF S2 DR S1 32 16 NA 8 4 2 1 PNOZ mc4p MS NS Legend: } X1: DeviceNet interface (5-pin screw connector) } LED: – Power – NS – MS Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via DeviceNet are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ mc4p are connected via a jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the master and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of byte 1 has the number i12. } Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Each output that is used is given a number there, e.g. o0, o5... The status of output o0 is stored in bit 0 of byte 0; the status of output o5 is stored in bit 5 of byte 0 etc.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p VCL SD CH V+ Base unit DeviceNet Block diagram Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation. } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p Setting the station address The station address of the expansion module PNOZ mc4p is set from 0 ... 63 (binary) using DIP switches 1 to 32. Station address DIP switch 32 16 8 4 2 1 0 Off Off Off Off Off Off 1 Off Off Off Off Off On 2 Off Off Off Off On Off 3 Off Off Off Off On On ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface External supply (DC) Power consumption Device type Station address Transmission rates Connection Galvanic isolation Test voltage Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temper
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p Environmental data Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc4p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc4p Fieldbus module, DeviceNet 773 711 PNOZ mc4p coated version Fieldbus module, DeviceNet, coated version 773 729 Accessories Jumper Product type Features Order No. KOP-XE Jumper 774 639 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p PNOZ mc5p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc5p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for INTERBUS } Transmission rate, selectable between 500 kBit/s and 2 MBit/s } Status indicators for communication with INTERBUS and for errors } Max.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p Front view Function description Functions The data to be transferred via INTERBUS is selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and PNOZ fieldbus module PNOZ mc5p are connected via a jumper. The fieldbus module is also supplied with voltage PNOZ mc5p via this jumper. After the supply voltage is switched on or the safety system PNOZmulti is reset, the fieldbus module PNOZ mc5p is configured and started automatically.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p – Bit 2: FAULT – Bit 3: DIAG – Bit 4: RUN Bit 5: Data is being exchanged. Detailed information on data exchange (tables, segments) is available in the document "Communication Interfaces" in the section entitled "Fieldbus modules". Assigning the inputs/outputs in the PNOZmulti Configurator to the INTERBUS inputs/outputs Virtual inputs on PNOZmulti Configurator i0 ... I7 i8 ... i15 i16 ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning Preparing for commissioning The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which outputs on the safety system will communicate with INTERBUS. The connection to INTERBUS is made via two female 9-pin D-Sub screw connectors 6 9 9 6 1 5 5 1 1: DO1 2: DI1 3: GND 4: n.c. 5: n.c. 6: /DO1 7: /DI1 8: n.c. 9: n.c.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p Please note: } Information given in the "Technical details" must be followed. } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. Please note the following when connecting to INTERBUS: } Only use metal plugs or metallised plastic plugs } Twisted pair, screened cable must be used to connect the interfaces Setting the transmission rate The transmission rate is set using a jumper. You can choose between 500 kBit/s and 2 MBit/s.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p Connection example INTERBUS Master INTERBUS Slave 1 INTERBUS Slave 2 INTERBUS Slave 3 Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), KCC, KOSHA, TÜV, cULus Listed Module supply Via base unit 5,0 V DC -2 %/+2 % 2,5 W LED Interbus S Slave Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p Fieldbus interface Transmission rates Connection IBS IN Connection IBS OUT Galvanic isolation Test voltage Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Ac
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5p Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 35 x 7,5 EN 50022 27 mm PPO UL 94 V0 ABS UL 94 V0 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 119,0 mm 155 g Where standards are undated, the 2007-05 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc5p Fieldbus module, INTERBUS 773 723 Accessories Jumper Product type Features Order No. KOP-XE Jumper 774 639 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p PNOZ mc5.1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc5.1p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti .
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p Front view Legend IBS IN Remote bus IN TX Transmitter RX Receiver IBS OUT Remote bus OUT TX Transmitter RX Receiver LEDs: CR/CC, BA, RD, TR, FO1, FO2 Function description Functions The data to be transferred via INTERBUS LWL is selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and PNOZ fieldbus module PNOZ mc5.1p are connected via a jumper. The fieldbus module is also supplied with voltage PNOZ mc5.1p via this jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the master and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of byte 1 has the number i12. } Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Each output that is used is given a number there, e.g. o0, o5... The status of output o0 is stored in bit 0 of byte 0; the status of output o5 is stored in bit 5 of byte 0 etc.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p Block diagram TX IBS IN Base unit RX TX IBS OUT RX Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning Preparing for commissioning Please note the following when preparing for commissioning: The fieldbus module PNOZ mc5.1p features F-SMA connection technology for fibre-optic cables. The visible light of the FO sender LED presents no danger to human skin or eyes.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p Use only the following fibre-optic cables: } Polymer fibre, fibre type 980/1000 µm } HCS fibre, fibre type 200/230 µm Preparing for operation } Connect fibre-optic cable – Connect the FO cable to the F-SMA plug-in connector on the transmitter and receiver. – Hand-tighten the union nut in a clockwise direction. } Connect the TX transmitter of the IBS OUT remote bus to the RX receiver of the IBS IN remote bus.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p INTERBUS interface It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with INTERBUS FO. The PNOZ mc5.1p features RX and TX F-SMA screw connections for IBS IN and RX and TX for IBS OUT for connecting to the INTERBUS FO. IBS IN: Remote bus IN TX: Transmitter RX: Receiver IBS OUT: Remote bus OUT TX: Transmitter RX: Receiver Setting the transmission rate The transmission rate is set using a jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p Connection example The sender and receiver of the incoming and outgoing remote buses are configured in a crossover formation. Cover unused connections with a protective cap. PNOZ mc5.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc5.1p Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 121,0 mm 145 g Where standards are undated, the 2007-05 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc5.1p Fieldbus module, INTERBUS FO 773 728 Accessories Jumper Product type Features Order No. KOP-XE Jumper 774 639 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for CANopen } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p Front view CANopen X1 DR x10 x1 PNOZ mc6p PWR ERR RUN Key } X1: CANopen interface (male 9-pin D-Sub connector) } LED: – Power – Run – Error Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via CANopen are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p are connected via a jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the master and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of byte 1 has the number i12. } Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Each output that is used is given a number there, e.g. o0, o5...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p CANopen Base unit Block diagram Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 22,5 (0.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p Preparing for operation Setting the transmission rate 91 56 78 0 DR 2 34 } On the upper rotary switch DR, use a small screwdriver to set the transmission rate (in the example, "3" corresponds to 50 kBit/s).
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p 0 91 56 78 x1 2 34 } On the lower rotary switch x1, set the ones digit for the address (“6” in the example). Station address 36 is set in the diagrams as an example. Download modified project to the PNOZmulti safety system As soon as an additional expansion module has been connected to the system, the project must be amended using the PNOZmulti Configurator. Proceed as described in the operating instructions for the base unit.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p Environmental data Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Corrosive gas check SO2: Concentration 10 ppm, duration 10 days, passive H2S: Concentration 1 ppm, duration 10 days, passive Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc6p/mc6.1p Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 773712 773727 773733 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 119,0 mm 110 g 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 119,0 mm 145 g 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 119,0 mm 110 g Where standards are undated, the 2011-09 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc6p Fieldbus module, CANopen, protocol: CiA DS-301 V3.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc7p PNOZ mc7p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc7p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for CC-Link } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc7p Front view Legend: } LED: – Run – SD – RD – L Err Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus CC-Link are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ mc7p are connected via a jumper. The fieldbus module is also supplied with voltage via this jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc7p Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area – Inputs on PNOZmulti Configurator: i00 … i23 – Input data CC-Link: RY0n, RY1n with n = 0 … F Example: i23 -> RY17 n F RY0n i15 i14 i13 i12 i11 i10 i09 i08 i07 i06 i05 i04 i03 i02 i01 i00 RY1n - } E - D - C - B - A - 9 - 8 - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 i23 i22 i21 i20 i19 i18 i17 i16 Output range – Outputs on PNOZmulti Configurator: o00 … o23 – Output data CC-Link: R
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc7p Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc7p Interface assignment It is possible to define which outputs on the safety system will communicate with CC-Link. The connection to CC-Link is made via a 5-pin screw connector.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc7p Connection example CC-Link Slave 1 CC-Link Slave 3 CC-Link Slave n X1 1 3 CC-Link 2 4 5 CC-Link Master BAUD RATE PNOZ mc7p CC-Link x10 x1 PNOZ mc7p RUN SD L RD ERR.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc7p Fieldbus interface Test voltage Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Durati
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc7p Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 35 x 7,5 EN 50022 27 mm PPO UL 94 V0 ABS UL 94 V0 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 122,0 mm 110 g Where standards are undated, the 2012-03 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ mc7p Fieldbus module, CC-Link 773 716 Accessories Jumper Product type Features Order No. KOP-XE Jumper 774 639 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p PNOZ mc8p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc8p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti .
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p Front view 12 3 45 6 7 8 Legend X1: EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP interface IP address: for setting the IP address LEDs: ACT, LINK, STAT, NET EtherNet/IPTM is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by ODVA. Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p Data exchange Twenty bytes always must be sent and received for communication with the PNOZmulti. Ethernet/IP The input/output data from the PNOZmulti can be polled using the assembly object (Class 04h). } Data from the PNOZmulti are requested with instance 64h. } Instance 96h writes the data from the Ethernet IP scanner to the PNOZmulti. Modbus TCP No connection needs to be configured for the PNOZ mc8p.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Each output that is used is given a number there, e.g. O0, O5... . The status of output O0 is stored in bit 0 of byte 0; the status of output O5 is stored in bit 5 of byte 0 etc. Virtual inputs O0 … O7 O8 … O15 O16 … O23 ... O120… O127 Byte 0: Byte 1: Byte 2: ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP. Please note: } Information given in the "Technical details [ } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. 467]" must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation. Connecting the supply voltage Connect the supply voltage to the base unit: } Terminal 24 V and A1 (+): + 24 VDC } Terminal 0 V and A2 (-): 0 V Interface assignment RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Standard 1 TD+ (Transmit+) 2 TD- (Transmit-) 3 RD+ (Receive+) 4 n.c. 5 n.c. 6 RD- (Receive-) 7 n.c. 8 n.c. n.c.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p Change IP settings Once the IP addresses of the computer and PNOZ mc8p have been configured, you can change the IP settings of the PNOZ mc8p. } Connect the PNOZ mc8p to the computer. } Call up the following html page: http://192.168.0.20/config.htm } Configure the settings for the PNOZ mc8p. Example: IP address: 172.16.216.139 Subnet mask: 255.255.0.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p Connection example Ethernet Hub/Switch Ethernet-Teilnehmer Hub/Switch Ethernet-Teilnehmer 12 3 45 6 7 8 Technical Details General 773730 CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), KCC, KOSHA, TÜV, cULus Listed 773730 773734 CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), KOSHA, TÜV, cULus Listed 773734 Module supply Via base unit 5,0 V DC -2 %/+2 % 2,5 W LED 773730 Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP Slave 10 MBit/s, 100 MBit/s RJ45 yes Module supply Via base unit 5,0 V DC -2 %/+2 % 2,5 W LED 773734 Et
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p Fieldbus interface Test voltage Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Broadband noise In acco
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc8p Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p PNOZ mc9p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc9p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti .
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p Front view 773731 Legend: } X1: Profinet interface } LED: – ACT – COM STAT – MOD STAT Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus PROFINET are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ mc9p are connected via a jumper. The fieldbus module is also supplied with voltage via this jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p Input and output data 32 bytes must always be sent and received for communication with the PNOZmulti. Only the first 20 bytes are used (see document "PNOZmulti Communication Interfaces"). The data is structured as follows: Input area The inputs are defined in the master and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of byte 1 has the number I12. Virtual inputs I0 … I7 I8 … I15 I16 … I23 ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p Base unit PROFINET Block diagram Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") 94 (3.70") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with PROFINET. Please note: } Information given in the "Technical details [ } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p Please note the following when connecting to PROFINET: } } The following minimum requirements of the connection cable and connector must be met: – Only use standard industrial Ethernet cable and connectors. – Only use double-shielded twisted pair cable and shielded RJ45 connectors (industrial connectors). – 100BaseTX cable in accordance with the Ethernet standard (min.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p } The unit name on the Ethernet subnet must be unique. It must comply with the DNS conventions: – Max. 127 characters (letters, numbers, hyphen or period) – Max. 63 characters between two periods } The following characters are invalid: ä ö ü ( ) _ / space } The unit name may not – Begin or end with the "-" character. – Have the form n.n.n.n (n = 0 ... 999). – Start with the sequence "port-xyz-" (x, y, z = 0 ... 9).
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p Connection example PROFINET- Teilnehmer Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Transmission rates Connection Galvanic isolation CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), KCC, KOSHA, TÜV, cULus Listed Module supply Via base unit 5,0 V DC -2 %/+2 % 2,5 W LED PROFINET IO Slave 100 MBit/s RJ45 yes Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p Fieldbus interface Test voltage Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accorda
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc9p Mechanical data Material Bottom Front Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight PPO UL 94 V0 ABS UL 94 V0 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 114,0 mm 135 g Where standards are undated, the 2009-10 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc9p Fieldbus module, PROFINET IO 773 731 Accessories Jumper Product type Features Order No. KOP-XE Jumper 774 639 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc10p PNOZ mc10p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc10p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for sercos III } Status indicators for communication with sercos III and for errors } Delivery configuration with IP address: 192.168.1.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc10p Front view Legend } X1, X2: sercos III interfaces } LED: – LINK ACT1 – LINK ACT2 – PWR – S3 Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus sercos III are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ mc10p are connected via a jumper. The fieldbus module is also supplied with voltage via this jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc10p Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the master and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of byte 1 has the number i12. } Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Each output that is used is given a number there, e.g. o0, o5... The status of output o0 is stored in bit 0 of byte 0; the status of output o5 is stored in bit 5 of byte 0 etc.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc10p sercosIII Base unit Block diagram Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 94 (3.70") Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com 22,5 (0.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc10p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with sercos III. Please note: } Information given in the “Technical details” must be followed. } Use copper wire that can withstand 75 °C.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc10p Connection example sercos III Master sercos III Slave 1 sercos III Slave 2 sercos III Slave 3 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Transmission rates Connection Galvanic isolation Test voltage Times Supply interruption before de-energisation CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), cULus Listed Module supply Via b
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc10p Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc10p Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 94,0 mm 22,5 mm 114,0 mm 125 g Where standards are undated, the 2012-04 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Order reference Product type Features Order no. PNOZ mc10p Fieldbus module, sercos III 773 715 Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no. PNOZmulti bus terminator Terminator 779 110 KOP-XE 774 639 Jumper Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc12p PNOZ mc12p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mc12p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for Ethernet POWERLINK (Ethernet POWERLINK V 2 protocol) } Station addresses from 1 ...
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc12p Front view Legend: } X1, X2 Ethernet POWERLINK interfaces } LED: – LINK ACT1 – LINK ACT2 – PWR – S/E (Status/Error) Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus Ethernet POWERLINK are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ mc12p are connected via a jumper. The fieldbus module is also supplied with voltage via this jumper.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc12p Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the Managing Node and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of SDO 2100:02 has the number i12. Virtual inputs I0 … I7 I8 … I15 I16 … I23 SDO 2100:01: SDO 2100:02: SDO 2100:03: Bit 0 … 7 Bit 0 … 7 Bit 0 … 7 PNOZmulti Configurator Ethernet POWERLINK } Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc12p Installation 114 (4.49") Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") 94 (3.70") Commissioning Wiring The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with Ethernet POWERLINK. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. 492] must be followed.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc12p Interface assignment RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Standard 1 TD+ (Transmit+) 2 TD- (Transmit-) 3 RD+ (Receive+) 4 n.c. 5 n.c. 6 RD- (Receive-) 7 n.c. 8 n.c. n.c.: Not connected Connection example Ethernet POWERLINK Managing Node Ethernet POWERLINK Controlled Node 1 Ethernet POWERLINK Controlled Node 2 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc12p Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Transmission rates Connection Galvanic isolation Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic su
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc12p Environmental data Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mc12p Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mc12p Fieldbus module, Ethernet POWERLINK 773 719 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order no. PNOZmulti bus terminator Terminator 779 110 KOP-XE 774 639 Jumper Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products PNOZmulti Mini products Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Contents Page Base units 497 Link modules 566 Communication modules 589 Fieldbus modules 605 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Base units PNOZ mm0p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mm0p: Base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Semiconductor outputs: 4 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 } } 12 inputs for connecting, for example: – E-STOP pushbuttons – Two-hand button – Safety gate li
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p } 4 configurable outputs Can be configured as: – Outputs for standard applications or – } } Test pulse outputs LED indicator for: – Error messages – Diagnostics – Supply voltage – Output circuits – Input circuits Display for: – Error messages – State of supply voltage – State of the inputs and outputs – Status information – Unit information } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between t
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Front view X3 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 X4 T0M20 T1M21 T2M22 T3M23 O0 IM16 IM17 IM18 IM19 A1 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 PNOZ mm0p PNOZ mm0p X2 X3 O1 O2 O3 A2 0 V 24 V X2 X4 T0M20 T1M21 T2M22 T3M23 O0 IM16 IM17 IM18 IM19 A1 O1 O2 O3 A2 0 V 24 V Front view with and without cover Legend X1: X1: Inputs I8 ... I15 Configurable test pulse/auxiliary outputs T0M20 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Function description Functions The function of the safety system's inputs and outputs depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other. They evaluate the input circuits and switch the outputs accordingly. The LEDs indicate the status of the PNOZmulti safety system.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Installation Dimensions 120 (4.72") *with spring-loaded terminals 98 (3.86") 45 (1.77") * 100 (3,94") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Preparing for operation Function test during commissioning Using the chip card Make sure that you do not bend the chip card as you insert it into the chip card slot. Commissioning the PNOZmulti safety system Procedure: } Wire the inputs and outputs on the base unit in accordance with the circuit diagram.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Load project via USB port Procedure: } Insert a chip card into the card slot on the base unit. } Connect the computer containing the PNOZmulti Configurator to the base unit via the USB port. } Switch on the supply voltage. } Download the project (see PNOZmulti Configurator's online help). } Once the project has been successfully downloaded, the status of the inputs and outputs and the supply voltage will be shown on the display.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Start circuit Input circuit without detection of shorts across contacts Input circuit with detection of shorts across contacts S3 S3 I5 L+ I5 T0M20 Redundant output O0 (O2) O1 (O3) Single output O0 (O2) K1 L- K2 L- K1 L- K2 K3 O1 ( O3) L- K4 Single output with advanced fault detection* K1 O0 (O2) K2 IM0 L- L+ *Two loads may be connected to each safety output with advanced fault detection, even on applications in accordance with EN IEC
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Feedback loop Redundant output Contacts from external contactors K1 O0 (O2) O1 (O3) K2 IM0 LLL+ Connection example Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (IM18), feedback loop (IM16) L+ LK1 I12 I13 I14 I15 A1 O0 A2 O1 0V O2 24V O3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 IM16 T0M20 IM17 T1M21 IM18 T2M22 IM19 T3M23 S1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 K2 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Output of external power supply (DC) at no load Residual ripple DC Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Status indicator Configurable inputs/outputs (inputs or auxiliary outputs) Number Galvanic isolation Configurable inputs Input voltage in accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 1 I
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Inputs Signal level at "0" Signal level at "1" Input voltage in accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 1 Input current at rated voltage Min. pulse duration Pulse suppression Maximum input delay Potential isolation Semiconductor outputs Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Environmental data Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Mechanical data Material Bottom Front Top PC PC PC 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Connection type Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 0,25 - 2,50 m
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Output SC outputs SC outputs SC outputs 1-channel with advanced fault detection 1-channel 2-channel PL e PL d PL e Cat. 4 Cat. 2 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 SIL CL 2 SIL CL 3 7,65E-10 8,90E-10 7,86E-10 20 20 20 All the units used within a safety function must be considered when calculating the safety characteristic data. Supplementary data Maximum capacitive load C (μF) with load current I (A) at the semiconductor outputs C [µF] 20 16 12 8 4 0 0,2 0,4 0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p Maximum permitted total current of the semiconductor outputs ICfg[mA] 400 300 200 100 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IHL [A] ICfg: Total current of the configurable semiconductor outputs (auxiliary outputs) IHL: Total current: Semiconductor outputs (safety outputs) Order reference Order reference Product type Features Order no. PNOZ mm0p Base unit 772 000 Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T PNOZ mm0p-T Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mm0p-T: Base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Semiconductor outputs: 4 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 } } 12 inputs for connecting, for example: – E-STOP pushbuttons – Two-hand pushbuttons – Safety gate li
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T } 4 configurable outputs Can be configured as: – Outputs for standard applications or – } Test pulse outputs LED for: – Error messages – Diagnostics – Supply voltage – State of the inputs – State of the outputs } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between the safety outputs } Plug-in connection terminals: Either spring-loaded terminal or screw terminal available as an accessory (see order refe
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Front view I/O LEDs LED INFO Front view with and without cover Legend } X1: – } } } } Inputs I8 ... I15 X2: – Configurable test pulse/auxiliary outputs T0M20 ... T3M23 – Semiconductor outputs O0 ... O3 X3: – Configurable inputs/outputs IM0 – IM3 – Inputs I4 ... I7 X4: – Configurable inputs/outputs IM16 – IM19 – Supply connections LEDs: – POWER – RUN Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T – DIAG – FAULT – I FAULT – O FAULT – INFO – I/O Function description Functions The function of the safety system's inputs and outputs depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other. They evaluate the input circuits and switch the outputs accordingly.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Installation Dimensions 120 (4.72") *with spring-loaded terminals 98 (3.86") 45 (1.77") * 100 (3,94") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Preparing for operation Function test during commissioning Using the chip card Make sure that you do not bend the chip card as you insert it into the chip card slot. Commissioning the PNOZmulti safety system Procedure: } Wire the inputs and outputs on the base unit in accordance with the circuit diagram.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T } Load the project by pressing the pushbutton. For the project to be downloaded, the pushbutton must be held down for between 4 and 8 seconds. Release the pushbutton while the INFO LED flashes rapidly. If you hold the pushbutton down for too long, the process will be aborted and the project will not be downloaded. Load project via USB port Procedure: } Insert a chip card into the card slot on the base unit.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Start circuit Input circuit without detection of shorts across contacts Input circuit with detection of shorts across contacts S3 S3 I5 L+ I5 T0M20 Redundant output O0 (O2) O1 (O3) Single output O0 (O2) K1 L- K2 L- K1 L- K2 K3 O1 ( O3) L- K4 Single output with advanced fault detection* K1 O0 (O2) K2 IM0 L- L+ *Two loads may be connected to each safety output with advanced fault detection, even on applications in accordance with EN IE
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Feedback loop Redundant output Contacts from external contactors K1 O0 (O2) O1 (O3) K2 IM0 LLL+ Connection example Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (IM18), feedback loop (IM16) L+ LK1 I12 I13 I14 I15 A1 O0 A2 O1 0V O2 24V O3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 IM16 T0M20 IM17 T1M21 IM18 T2M22 IM19 T3M23 S1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 K2 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Output of external power supply (DC) at no load Residual ripple DC Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Potential isolation Status indicator Configurable inputs/outputs (inputs or auxiliary outputs) Number Potential isolation Galvanic isolation Configurable inputs Input volt
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Inputs Number Signal level at "0" Signal level at "1" Input voltage in accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 1 Input current at rated voltage Input current range Min. pulse duration Pulse suppression Maximum input delay Potential isolation Semiconductor outputs Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Number of shocks Acceleration Duration In accordance with the standard Number of shocks Acceleratio
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Safety characteristic data Unit Logic CPU Input SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs Output SC outputs SC outputs SC outputs Operating mode EN ISO EN ISO EN 62061 13849-1: 2008 13849-1: 2008 SIL CL PL Category EN 62061 PL e Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 1,54E-09 20 1-channel PL d 2-channel PL e 1-ch., pulsed light barrier PL e Cat. 2 Cat. 4 SIL CL 2 SIL CL 3 3,95E-09 4,61E-10 20 20 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 3,95E-10 20 Cat. 4 Cat. 2 Cat.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Supplementary data Maximum capacitive load C (μF) with load current I (A) at the semiconductor outputs C [µF] 20 16 12 8 4 0 0,2 0,4 0.6 0,8 1 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2 I [A] Maximum permitted total current of the semiconductor outputs ICfg[mA] 400 300 200 100 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IHL [A] ICfg: Total current of the configurable semiconductor outputs (auxiliary outputs) IHL: Total current: Semiconductor outputs (safety outputs) Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0p-T Order reference Order reference Product type Features Order no. PNOZ mm0p-T Base unit 772 010 Product type Features Order no. PNOZ s Set1 spring loaded terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 751 008 PNOZ s Set1 screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 750 008 Product type Features Order no. PSSu A USB-CAB03 Mini USB cable, 3 m 312 992 PSSu A USB-CAB05 Mini USB cable, 5 m 312 993 Terminals Cable Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p PNOZ mm0.1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Front view X3 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 X4 T0M20 T1M21 T2M22 T3M23 O0 IM16 IM17 IM18 IM19 A1 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 PNOZ mm0.1p PNOZ mm0.1p X2 X3 O1 O2 O3 A2 0 V 24 V X2 X4 T0M20 T1M21 T2M22 T3M23 O0 IM16 IM17 IM18 IM19 A1 O1 O2 O3 A2 0 V 24 V Front view with and without cover Legend X1: X1: Inputs I8 ... I15 Configurable test pulse/auxiliary outputs T0M20 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Function description Functions The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other. They evaluate the input circuits on the base unit and expansion modules and switch the outputs on the base unit and expansion modules accordingly.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Installation Dimensions 120 (4.72") *with spring-loaded terminals 98 (3.86") 45 (1.77") * 100 (3,94") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Preparing for operation Function test during commissioning Using the chip card Make sure that you do not bend the chip card as you insert it into the chip card slot. Commissioning the PNOZmulti safety system Procedure: } Wire the inputs and outputs on the base unit in accordance with the circuit diagram.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Load project via USB port Procedure: } Insert a chip card into the card slot on the base unit. } Connect the computer containing the PNOZmulti Configurator to the base unit via the USB port. } Switch on the supply voltage. } Download the project (see PNOZmulti Configurator's online help). } Once the project has been successfully downloaded, the status of the inputs and outputs and the supply voltage will be shown on the display.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Feedback loop Redundant output Contacts from external contactors K1 O0 (O2) O1 (O3) K2 IM0 LLL+ Connection example Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (IM18), feedback loop (IM16) L+ LK1 I12 I13 I14 I15 A1 O0 A2 O1 0V O2 24V O3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 IM16 T0M20 IM17 T1M21 IM18 T2M22 IM19 T3M23 S1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 K2 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Inputs Number Signal level at "0" Signal level at "1" Input voltage in accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 1 Input current at rated voltage Min. pulse duration Pulse suppression Maximum input delay Potential isolation Semiconductor outputs Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Environmental data Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Output SC outputs SC outputs SC outputs 1-channel with advanced fault detection 1-channel 2-channel PL e PL d PL e Cat. 4 Cat. 2 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 SIL CL 2 SIL CL 3 7,65E-10 8,90E-10 7,86E-10 20 20 20 All the units used within a safety function must be considered when calculating the safety characteristic data. Supplementary data Maximum capacitive load C (μF) with load current I (A) at the semiconductor outputs C [µF] 20 16 12 8 4 0 0,2 0,4 0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Maximum permitted total current of the semiconductor outputs ICfg[mA] 400 300 200 100 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IHL [A] ICfg: Total current of the configurable semiconductor outputs (auxiliary outputs) IHL: Total current: Semiconductor outputs (safety outputs) Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ mm0.1p Base unit 772 001 Accessories Terminator Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.1p Terminals Product type Features Order no. PNOZ s Set1 spring loaded terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 751 008 PNOZ s Set1 screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 750 008 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p PNOZ mm0.2p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Chip card To be able to use the product you will need a chip card. Chip cards are available with memories of 8 kByte and 32 kByte. For large-scale projects we recommend the 32 kByte chip card (see Technical Catalogue: Accessories chapter). Front view X3 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 X4 T0M20 T1M21 T2M22 T3M23 O0 IM16 IM17 IM18 IM19 A1 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 PNOZ mm0.2p PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p LEDs: PWR RUN DIAG FAULT I FAULT O FAULT } Safe Link RJ45 RJ45 socket for connection of 2 base units Function description Functions The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Connection of multiple base units: Any number of base units can be connected via link modules or via the integrated interface. Each base unit needs a link module or an integrated interface for the connection between two base units. However, only a maximum of 4 link modules may be connected to any one base unit.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Base unit 2 Virtual inputs i0 ... i31 Virtual outputs o0 ... o31 Base unit 1 Virtual outputs o0 ... o31 Virtual inputs i0 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Installation Dimensions 120 (4.72") *with spring-loaded terminals 98 (3.86") 45 (1.77") * 100 (3,94") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p When connecting two base units via the integrated interface please note: } The max. cable length between two base units on a connection with – one link module PNOZ ml1p
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Please note: The supply voltage for the semiconductor outputs must always be present, even if you are not using the semiconductor outputs. Load project from chip card Procedure: } Insert the chip card containing the current project into the card slot on the base unit. } Switch on the supply voltage. The LC display shows the project name, CRC sum and the date the project was created. Please check this information.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Single output with advanced fault detection* K1 O0 (O2) L- K2 IM0 L+ *Two loads may be connected to each safety output with advanced fault detection, even on applications in accordance with EN IEC 62061, SIL CL 3. Prerequisite: Feedback loop is connected, shorts across contacts and external power sources are excluded (e.g. through separate multicore cables).
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Connection examples Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (IM18), feedback loop (IM16) L+ LK1 I12 I13 I14 I15 A1 O0 A2 O1 0V O2 24V O3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 IM16 T0M20 IM17 T1M21 IM18 T2M22 IM19 T3M23 S1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 K2 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Example 2: Connection of 5 base units The reaction times are calculated in the same way as application example 1.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Status indicator Configurable inputs/outputs (inputs or auxiliary outputs) Number Galvanic isolation Configurable inputs Input voltage in accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 1 Input current at rated voltage Min.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Semiconductor outputs Number Switching capability Voltage Current Power Signal level at "1" Residual current at "0" Max. capacitive load Max. duration of off time during self test Switch-off delay Potential isolation Short circuit-proof Test pulse outputs Number of test pulse outputs Voltage Current Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Environmental data Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Output SC outputs SC outputs SC outputs 1-channel with advanced fault detection 1-channel 2-channel PL e PL d PL e Cat. 4 Cat. 2 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 SIL CL 2 SIL CL 3 7,65E-10 8,90E-10 7,86E-10 20 20 20 All the units used within a safety function must be considered when calculating the safety characteristic data. Supplementary data Maximum capacitive load C (μF) with load current I (A) at the semiconductor outputs C [µF] 20 16 12 8 4 0 0,2 0,4 0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Maximum permitted total current of the semiconductor outputs ICfg[mA] 400 300 200 100 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IHL [A] ICfg: Total current of the configurable semiconductor outputs (auxiliary outputs) IHL: Total current: Semiconductor outputs (safety outputs) Order reference Order reference Product Type Features Order no. PNOZ mm0.2p Base unit 772 002 Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti Mini products Base units PNOZ mm0.2p Order reference: Cable Product Type Features Order no. PSSu A USB-CAB03 Mini USB cable, 3 m 312 992 PSSu A USB-CAB05 Mini USB cable, 5 m 312 993 SafetyNET p Connector RJ45 RJ45 plug-in connector 380 400 SafetyNET p Cable SafetyNET p cable, 1 - 500 m 380 000 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Link modules PNOZ mml1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mml1p: Link module to safely connect two configurable control systems PNOZmulti Mini.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Front view Key: } X2: – 0 V, 24 V:Supply connections – FE: Functional earth } Link: Connection } LEDs: – Power – Ready – Link – Fault Function Description Functions The link module PNOZ mml1p is used to safely transfer the input information from 32 virtual inputs and 32 virtual outputs between two PNOZmulti systems. One link module is assigned to each base unit. Data is exchanged cyclically.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p The LEDs on the base unit and expansion modules indicate the status of the configurable control system PNOZmulti. The online help on the PNOZmulti Configurator contains descriptions of the operating modes and all the functions of the control system, plus connection examples. Data exchange: } Data is exchanged cyclically. } After the end of a PNOZmulti cycle, each base unit sends its output data to its link module.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Virtual inputs and outputs: Inputs and outputs for both PNOZmulti systems are assigned in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Inputs and outputs with the same number are assigned to each other, e.g. output o5 on one PNOZmulti system to input i5 on the other PNOZmulti system. Base unit 1 Virtual outputs o0 ... o31 Virtual inputs i0 ... i31 Base unit 2 Virtual inputs i0 ... i31 Virtual outputs o0 ... o31 Block diagram 24V 0V n.c.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Installation 120 (4.72") Dimensions 100 (3,94") 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Connection RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 Supply voltage 1 PIN Layout 1 CA+ 2 CA- 3 CB+ 4 n.c. 5 n.c. 6 CB- 7 n.c. 8 n.c. Shield CGround AC DC Supply voltage PNOZ mml1p CA+ CACB+ 1 1 2 2 3 3 6 6 CBCGround CA+ PNOZ mml1p CACB+ CBCGround Connection of two base units PNOZmulti Mini via PNOZ mml1p Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p SafetyNET p Connector RJ45 A B C D PIN 6 orange SafetyNET p Cable blue PIN 6 PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 1 white yellow yellow white orange orange blue blue A B C D white PIN 2 orange blue yellow white yellow PIN 1 PIN 3 SafetyNET p Connector RJ45 Connection cable configuration when using: - 2 plug-in connectors "SafetyNET p Connector RJ45" - 1 connection cable "SafetyNET p Cable" (available as accessory, see order reference) Connection examples Exampl
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Example: Connection of 5 base units The reaction times are calculated in the same way as application example 1.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Virtual outputs Number of virtual outputs Times Switch-on delay Supply interruption before de-energisation Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Mechanical data Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml1p Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals PNOZ mmc2p, mml1p 1 pc. Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 538 Spring terminals PNOZ mmc2p,mml1p 10 pcs Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 539 Screw terminals PNOZ mmc2p, mml1p 1 pc. Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 538 Screw terminals PNOZ mmc2p,mml1p 10 pcs. Screw terminals, 10 piece 793 539 Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p PNOZ mml2p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mml2p: Link module to safely connect decentralised input/output modules to a configurable control system PNOZmulti Mini. The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Max. 4 PNOZ mml2p can be connected to the base unit } Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Front view Power Ready Traffic Fault Key: } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } CAN+, CAN-, VCC, GND: Connection for decentralised modules } FE: Functional earth Function description Operation The link module PNOZ mml2p is used to safely transfer the input information from decentralised modules to the safety system PNOZmulti.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p The LEDs on the base unit and expansion modules indicate the status of the configurable control system PNOZmulti. The online help on the PNOZmulti Configurator contains descriptions of the operating modes and all the functions of the control system, plus connection examples. Data exchange: } Communication with the decentralised modules is via a safe data link.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Installation 120 (4.72") Dimensions 98 (3.86") * 100 (3,94") 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } External measures must be used to connect the FE terminal to the function earth (e.g. mounting rail).
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Insulation voltage test The product PNOZ mml2p is connected to functional earth via protection elements on the supply voltage. Insulation voltage tests are only possible with voltages up to ca. 42 V.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Series connection of 4 decentralised modules You can connect up to 4 decentralised modules in series to a PNOZmulti link module. PNOZ mml2p Power Ready Traffic Fault Voltage drop The max. cable length depends on the voltage drop in the supply voltage cables. The level of voltage drop is determined by the: } Cable resistance on the supply voltage cables } Operating current of the modules } Load on the modules To increase the max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Guidelines for various cable types Cable type Voltage drop per 10 m and per 100 mA PSS SB BUSCABLE LC 0.1 V Sensor cable 0.25 mm2 0.15 V 2 0.11 V Sensor cable 0.34 mm Sensor cable 0.5 mm2 0.07 V Calculation example } The PSS SB BUSCABLE LC is used in accordance with the pin assignment in section 6.2.2. Voltage drop per 10 m and per 100 mA: 0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p } U1 … U4: Voltage drop on the respective connection path Total voltage drop from the link module PNOZ mml2p to the final PDP67 F 8DI ION: Utotal = U1 + U2 + U3 + U4 Utotal = 1.3 V + 0.825 V + 0.5 V + 0.10 V = 2.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Environmental data EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Number of shocks Acceleration Duration In accordance with the standard Number of shocks Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Mechanical data Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 0,50 Nm 0,20 - 2,50 mm², 24 - 12 AWG 2 9 mm 100,0 mm 22,5 mm 120,0 mm 98 g Where standards are undated, the 2011-01 latest editions shall apply.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti Mini products Link modules PNOZ mml2p Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Spring terminals PNOZ mml2p 1 pc. Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 540 Spring terminals PNOZ mml2p 10 pcs. Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 541 Screw terminals PNOZ mml2p 1 pc. Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 540 Screw terminals PNOZ mml2p 10 pcs. Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 541 Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mmc1p: Communication module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control systems PNOZmultiMini. The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } 2 Ethernet interfaces } Status indicators for supply voltage, communication and errors } Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Front view 0002-4840 Power Link1 Traffic1 Link2 Traffic2 Fault Legend: } Link1, Link2: Ethernet interfaces } LEDs: – Power – Link1 – Traffic1 – Link2 – Traffic2 – Fault Function description Unit properties The product PNOZ mmc1p has two Ethernet interfaces to } Download the project } Read the diagnostic data Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p } Set virtual inputs for standard functions } Read virtual outputs for standard functions via Ethernet (TCP/IP, Modbus/TCP). Information on diagnostics via the Ethernet interfaces can be found in the document entitled " PNOZmulti Mini communication interfaces". The connection to Ethernet is made via the two 8-pin RJ45 sockets.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. 595] must be followed.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Requirements of the connection cable and connector The following minimum requirements must be met: } Ethernet standards (min.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Process data exchange The RJ45 interfaces on the internal autosensing switch enable process data to be exchanged with other Ethernet subscribers within a network. The product PNOZ mmc1p ETH can also be connected to Ethernet via a hub (hub or switch).
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Power consumption Status indicator Ethernet interface Number Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Connection Galvanic isolation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Environmental data Airgap creepage Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g. control cabinet) Housing Terminals Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc1p Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No. PNOZ s terminator plug Terminator, yellow, 10 pieces 750 010 PNOZ s connector Jumper, 10 pieces 750 020 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc2p PNOZ mmc2p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mmc2p: Communication module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control systems PNOZmultiMini. The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } 1 serial interface RS232 } Status indicator for supply voltage } Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc2p Front view Power Legend: } X2: Serial interface RS232 } LED: – Power Function description Functions The product PNOZ mmc2p has a serial interface RS232 interface to } Download the project } Read the diagnostic data } Set virtual inputs for standard functions } Read virtual outputs for standard functions. Information on diagnostics can be found in the document "Communication Interfaces". Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc2p RS 232 Base unit Block diagram Installation 120 (4.72") Dimensions 100 (3,94") 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc2p Interface configuration Serial interface RS232 Standard TxD (Transmit) RxD (Receive) GND (Ground) TxD RxD GND Preparing for operation The serial interface RS 232 is activated and detected depending on the USB interface on the base unit: } USB interface on the base unit not connected In this case, the serial interface RS 232 will be detected and activated by the base unit as soon as the communication module has been connected to the base unit.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc2p Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc2p Mechanical data Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 0,50 - 1,
PNOZmulti Mini products Communication modules PNOZ mmc2p Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No. PNOZ s terminator plug Terminator, yellow, 10 pieces 750 010 PNOZ s connector Jumper, 10 pieces 750 020 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mmc3p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti Mini The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for PROFIBUS-DP } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Front view Legend: } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } X1: PROFIBUS-DP interface (female 9-pin D-Sub connector) } } : Functional earth LED: – Power – Online – Offline – Fault Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via PROFIBUS are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ mmc3p are connected via a jumper. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p The station address is set via rotary switches. After the supply voltage is switched on or the PNOZmulti control system is reset, the expansion module PNOZ mmc3p is configured and started automatically. LEDs indicate the status of the expansion module on PROFIBUS. The configuration is described in detail in the PNOZmulti Configurator's online help.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Block diagram 24 V 0 V 0V Base unit PROFIBUS DP 24 V Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p } External measures must be used to connect the mounting rail). } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault. } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation. terminal to the function earth (e.g.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Setting the station address The station address of the expansion module PNOZ mmc3p is set between 0 ... 99 (decimal) via two rotary switches x1 and x10. 0 91 56 78 x10 2 34 } On the upper rotary switch x10, use a small screwdriver to set the tens digit for the address (“3” in the example). 0 91 56 78 x1 2 34 } On the lower rotary switch x1, set the ones digit for the address (“6” in the example).
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Connection example PROFIBUS-DP Slave 1 PROFIBUS-DP Master PROFIBUS-DP Slave 3 PROFIBUS-DP Slave n PNOZ mmc3p PROFIBUS PROFIBUS-DP Slave 2 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Station address Transmission rate Connection Galvanic isolation CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), cULus Listed Modu
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acce
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Top Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible with crimp connectors, no plastic sleeve 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp c
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc3p Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p PNOZ mmc4p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mmc4p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti Mini . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for DeviceNet } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p Front view Legend: } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } X1: DeviceNet interface (5-pin screw connector) } } : Functional earth LED: – Power – NS – MS Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via DeviceNet are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ mmc4p are connected via a jumper. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p The station address and the transmission rate are set using DIP switches. After the supply voltage is switched on or the PNOZmulti control system is reset, the expansion module PNOZ mmc4p is configured and started automatically. LEDs indicate the status of the expansion module on DeviceNet. The configuration is described in detail in the PNOZmulti Configurator's online help.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p Block diagram 24 V 0 V 0V VCL SD CH V+ Base unit DeviceNet 24 V Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } External measures must be used to connect the mounting rail). } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p Termination DeviceNet To minimise cable reflection and to guarantee a defined rest signal on the transmission line, DeviceNetmust be terminated at both ends. Setting the transmission rate Set the transmission rate using DIP switches S1 and S2 (DR).
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p Connection example DeviceNet Slave 1 DeviceNet Master DeviceNet Slave 3 DeviceNet Slave n PNOZ mmc4p DeviceNet DeviceNet Slave 2 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface External supply (DC) Power consumption Device type Station address Transmission rates Connection CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), cULus
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p Fieldbus interface Galvanic isolation Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stres
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Top Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible with crimp connectors, no plastic sleeve 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp c
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc4p Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p PNOZ mmc6p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mmc6p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti Mini The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for CANopen } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p Front view Legend: } X4: 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } X1: CANopen interface (male 9-pin D-Sub connector) } } : Functional earth LED: – Power – Run – Error Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via CANopen are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ mmc6p are connected via a jumper.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p LEDs indicate the status of the expansion module on CANopen. The configuration is described in detail in the PNOZmulti Configurator's online help. Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the master and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of byte 1 has the number i12. } Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p Block diagram 24 V 0 V 0V Base unit CANopen 24 V Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p } External measures must be used to connect the mounting rail). } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault. } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation. terminal to the function earth (e.g.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p Setting the transmission rate 91 56 78 0 DR 2 34 } On the upper rotary switch DR, use a small screwdriver to set the transmission rate (in the example, "3" corresponds to 50 kBit/s).
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p 0 91 56 78 x1 2 34 } On the lower rotary switch x1, set the ones digit for the address (“6” in the example). Station address 36 is set in the diagrams as an example. Download modified project to the PNOZmulti safety system As soon as an additional expansion module has been connected to the system, the project must be amended using the PNOZmulti Configurator. Proceed as described in the operating instructions for the base unit.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Log Station address Transmission rates Connection Galvanic isolation Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Stora
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc6p Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 100,0 mm 22,5 mm 115,0 mm 95 g Where standards are undated, the 2011-09 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ mmc6p Fieldbus module, CANopen 772 034 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC PNOZ mmc7p CC Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mmc7p CC: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti Mini . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for CC-Link } Station addresses from 1 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC Front view Legend: } X1: CC-Link interface } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } LEDs: – Power – Run – L Err Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus CC-Link are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ mmc7p CC are connected via a jumper.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area – Inputs on PNOZmulti Configurator: i00 … i23 – Input data CC-Link: RY0n, RY1n with n = 0 … F Example: i23 -> RY17 n F RY0n i15 i14 i13 i12 i11 i10 i09 i08 i07 i06 i05 i04 i03 i02 i01 i00 RY1n - } E - D - C - B - A - 9 - 8 - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 i23 i22 i21 i20 i19 i18 i17 i16 Output range – Outputs on PNOZmulti Configurator: o00 … o23 – Output data C
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC Block diagram 24V 0V FE 24V 0V Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC Download modified project to the PNOZmulti safety system As soon as an additional expansion module has been connected to the system, the project must be amended using the PNOZmulti Configurator. Proceed as described in the operating instructions for the base unit.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Station address Transmission rates Connection Assigned stations Galvanic isolation Test voltage Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc7p CC Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ mmc7p CC Fieldbus module, CC-Link 772035 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p PNOZ mmc11p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mmc11p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti Mini . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Network protocols: EtherCAT } Supports CANopen over EtherCAT (DS301 V4.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Front view Legend: } X1: EtherCAT IN } X2: EtherCAT OUT } X4: 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } } : Functional earth LEDs: – Power – Run – Error – L/A 1 – L/A 2 is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via EtherCAT are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ mmc11p are connected via a jumper. After the supply voltage is switched on or the PNOZmulti control system is reset, the expansion module PNOZ mmc11p is configured and started automatically. The connection to EtherCAT is made via the two RJ45 sockets.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Assigning the inputs/outputs in the PNOZmulti Configurator to the EtherCAT inputs/outputs Virtual inputs on PNOZmulti Configurator i0 ... I7 i8 ... i15 i16 ... i23 Input data EtherCAT Byte 0: Bits 0 … 7 Byte 1: Bits 0 … 7 Byte 2: Bits 0 … 7 Virtual outputs on PNOZmulti Configurator o0 ... o7 o8 ... o15 o16 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with EtherCAT. Please note: } Information given in the "Technical details" must be followed. } Use copper wire that can withstand 75 °C. } External measures must be used to connect the mounting rail).
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Connecting the supply voltage Connect the supply voltage to the fieldbus module: } 24 V terminal: + 24 VDC } 0 V terminal: 0 V } Protect the supply voltage as follows: – Circuit breaker, characteristic C - 6 A or – Blow-out fuse, slow, 6A Interface assignment RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Standard 1 TD+ (Transmit+) 2 TD- (Transmit-) 3 RD+ (Receive+) 4 n.c. 5 n.c. 6 RD- (Receive-) 7 n.c. 8 n.c. n.c.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Connection example Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Log Transmission rates Connection Galvanic isolation Times Supply interruption before de-energisation CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), cULus Listed Module supply 24 V DC -20 %/+25 % 1,5 W LED EtherCAT Slave CANopen over EtherCAT 100 MBit/
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Humidity Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Mechanical data Material Bottom Front Top Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible with crimp connectors, no plastic sleeve 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals:
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc11p Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Terminator, jumper Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p PNOZ mmc12p Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ mmc12p: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti Mini . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for Ethernet POWERLINK (Ethernet POWERLINK V 2 protocol) } Station addresses from 1 ...
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p Front view Legend: } X1, X2: Ethernet POWERLINK interfaces } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } } : Functional earth LED: – Power – L/A1 – L/A2 – S/E (Status/Error) Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus Ethernet POWERLINK are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ mmc12p are connected via a jumper.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p LEDs indicate the status of the fieldbus module Ethernet POWERLINK. The configuration is described in detail in the PNOZmulti Configurator's online help. Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area The inputs are defined in the Managing Node and transferred to the PNOZmulti. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of SDO 2100:02 has the number i12.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p Block diagram 24V 0V Base unit Ethernet POWERLINK 24V 0V FE Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with Ethernet POWERLINK. Please note: } Information given in the "Technical details [ Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. Please note the following when connecting to Ethernet POWERLINK: } } The following minimum requirements of the connection cable and connector must be met: – Only use standard industrial Ethernet cable and connectors. – Only use double-shielded twisted pair cable and shielded RJ45 connectors (industrial connectors). – 100BaseTX cable in accordance with the Ethernet standard (min.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p Interface assignment RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Standard 1 TD+ (Transmit+) 2 TD- (Transmit-) 3 RD+ (Receive+) 4 n.c. 5 n.c. 6 RD- (Receive-) 7 n.c. 8 n.c. n.c.: Not connected Connection example Ethernet POWERLINK Managing Node Ethernet POWERLINK Slave 1 Ethernet POWERLINK Slave 2 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Transmission rates Connection Galvanic isolation Times Supply interruption before de-energisation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In a
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p Environmental data Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti Mini products Fieldbus modules PNOZ mmc12p Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ mmc12p Fieldbus module, Ethernet POWERLINK 772 019 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc.
PNOZmulti 2 products PNOZmulti 2 products Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Contents Page Base units 665 Input module 703 Input and output modules 710 Motion monitoring modules 733 Link modules 795 Communication modules 817 Fieldbus modules 830 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Base units PNOZ m B0 Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m B0: Base unit of the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Semiconductor outputs: 4 safety outputs Depending on the application, up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of EN IEC 62061 } } 12 inputs for connecting, for example: – Emergency stop pushbuttons – Two-hand pushbuttons – Safe
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 } 4 configurable outputs Can be configured as: – Auxiliary outputs or – } } Test pulse outputs LED for: – Error messages – Diagnostics – Supply voltage – Fault at the outputs – Fault at the inputs Backlit display for: – Error messages – State of supply voltage – State of inputs/outputs – Status information – Device information } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between the safety outputs
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Front view X3 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 X4 T0M20 T1M21 T2M22 T3M23 O0 IM16 IM17 IM18 IM19 A1 X1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 PNOZ m B0 PNOZ m B0 X2 X3 O1 O2 O3 A2 0 V 24 V X2 X4 T0M20 T1M21 T2M22 T3M23 O0 IM16 IM17 IM18 IM19 A1 O1 O2 O3 A2 0 V 24 V Fig.: Front view with and without cover Legend X1: X1: Inputs I8 ... I15 Configurable test pulse/auxiliary outputs T0M20 ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Function description Functions The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other. They evaluate the input circuits on the base unit and expansion modules and switch the outputs on the base unit and expansion modules accordingly.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Installation Dimensions in mm *with spring-loaded terminals Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Outputs O0 to O3 are semiconductor outputs } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Commissioning the control system Procedure: } Wire the inputs and outputs on the base unit in accordance with the circuit diagram.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Supply voltage Common power supply for the supply voltage to the control system and the supply voltage to the semiconductor outputs A1 Supply voltage infeed for the control system 0 V DC +24 V DC A2 24V Supply voltage infeed for the semiconductor outputs 0V = ~ L1 Input circuit N Single-channel E-STOP without detection of shorts across contacts S1 S1 L+ IM0 E-STOP with detection of shorts across contacts Dual-channel L+ IM1 L+ S1 S1 IM0 IM0 IM1
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Semiconductor outputs Redundant output O0 (O2) O1 (O3) Single output O0 (O2) K1 L- K2 L- K1 L- K2 K3 O1 ( O3) L- K4 Single output with advanced fault detection* K1 O0 (O2) K2 i0 L- L+ *Two loads may be connected to each safety output with advanced fault detection, even on applications in accordance with EN IEC 62061, SIL CL 3. Prerequisite: Feedback loop is connected, shorts across contacts and external power sources are excluded (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Load project from chip card Procedure: } Insert the chip card containing the current project into the card slot on the base unit. } Switch on the supply voltage. The LC display shows the project name, CRC sum and the date the project was created. Please check this information. } Load the project by pressing the rotary knob. For the project to be downloaded, the rotary knob must be held down for between 3 and 8 seconds.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Connection example Dual-channel E-STOP and safety gate wiring, monitored start (IM18), feedback loop (IM16) L+ LK1 I12 I13 I14 I15 A1 O0 A2 O1 0V O2 24V O3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 IM16 T0M20 IM17 T1M21 IM18 T2M22 IM19 T3M23 S1 IM0 IM1 IM2 IM3 K2 K2 S2 S3 K1 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Technical details General Approvals Application range Module's device code Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Max. continuous current that the external power supply must provide Inrush current that the external power supply must provide Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Max. continuous current that the external power supply must provide Potential isolation Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Configurable inputs/outputs (inputs or auxiliary outputs) Configurable auxiliary outputs Voltage Output current Output current range Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Times Processing time Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Mechanical data Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Input SC inputs SC inputs Output SC outputs SC outputs SC outputs 2-channel PL e 1-ch., pulsed light barrier PL e 1-channel with advanced fault detection 1-channel 2-channel PL e PL d PL e Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 7,95E-11 20 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 3,85E-10 20 Cat. 4 Cat. 2 Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 SIL CL 2 SIL CL 3 1,66E-11 1,57E-10 1,29E-10 20 20 20 All the units used within a safety function must be considered when calculating the safety characteristic data.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Maximum permitted total current of the semiconductor outputs ICfg[mA] 400 300 200 100 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IHL [A] ICfg: Total current of the configurable semiconductor outputs (auxiliary outputs) IHL: Total current: Semiconductor outputs (safety outputs) Maximum permitted humidity Max. relative humidity, operation Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Max. relative humidity, storage Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ m B0 Base unit 772 100 Accessories Terminator Product type Features PNOZ mm0.xp terminator Terminator, black/yellow, x1 left Order no. 779 261 Cable Product type Features Order no. PSSu A USB-CAB03 Mini USB cable, 3 m 312 992 PSSu A USB-CAB05 Mini USB cable, 5 m 312 993 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B0 Terminals Product type Features Order no. PNOZ s Set1 spring loaded terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 751 008 PNOZ s Set1 screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 750 008 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 PNOZ m B1 Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m B1: Base unit of the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Support for module programs } 4 test pulse outputs to detect shorts between the inputs } Backlit display for: – Status information – Device information – Diagnostics – Activate project – Ethernet settings – System's date and time – Stop
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 } Multifunction switch for menu control } Ethernet interface with switch } LED indicator for: – Operating status – Error messages – Diagnostics – Supply voltage } Plug-in connection terminals: either spring-loaded terminal or screw terminal available as an accessory (see order reference) } Expansion modules can be connected (please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for details of the type and number that can be connected) USB memor
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Legend X1/X2: X3: X4: LED 1: LED 2 LED 3 LED 4 LED 5 Ethernet interface Test pulse outputs T0 - T3 Labelling clip for firmware version Supply voltage FS (Initialise/Run/Stop) ST (Initialise/Run/Stop) Diag (Project reset/Identify project) FAULT (IFault/OFault) To determine the version of the device, please note: The firmware version number is on the labelling clip.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Detection of shorts across contacts 4 test pulse outputs that use different test pulses (test pulse 0 (T0) ... test pulse 3 (T3)) are available for detecting shorts between the inputs. Shorts between inputs are detected if the inputs are connected to different test pulses (test pulse 0 ... test pulse 3). Pulsing of test pulse outputs T0 ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Block diagram T0 T1 T2 T3 Test pulse Installation 120.2 110 Dimensions in mm 100.048 45 Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram in the Configurator. There you can select the inputs that are to perform a safety function and the outputs that are to switch this safety function. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 } Sufficient fuse protection must be provided on all output contacts with inductive loads. } The safety system and input circuits must always be supplied by a single power supply. The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation (SELV, PELV). } Test pulse outputs are used to detect shorts between the inputs. Shorts between inputs are detected if the inputs are connected to different test pulses (test pulse 0 ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Use USB memory Multiple projects can be stored on the USB memory that is plugged into the device. One of these can be activated and executed on the base unit. Please note the following when using the USB memory: } The USB memory must always be plugged in during operation. } In order to copy projects, for example, the USB memory can be removed and plugged into the PC or into another base unit PNOZ m B1.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 } Make sure that the USB memory is plugged into the base unit PNOZ m B1. } Switch on the supply voltage. } Transfer the required project to the USB memory and activate it on the base unit via the Project Manager on the PNOZmulti Configurator, as described in the online help for the PNOZmulti Configurator. } As the project is loaded, the base unit must be stopped and then restarted.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Move multifunction switch up or down } Select menu Displays and settings The LC display has five lines. Information is shown on the display and settings can be made.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Status indicators Display Permanent display Display on device 24V FS Run ST Run Diag Fault 24V FS Stop ST Run Diag Fault System / User... System or display messages 12:00 LED display } 12:00 24V 12:00 FS x/n System ST _systemMsg_ Run _line2_ Diag _line3_ Fault 24V 12:00 FS x/n User FS ST id:_display_ Run Diag _element_ Fault _msg_ Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Project menu In the Project menu you can display information about the project that is activated on the device. You can also activate a different project from the USB memory on the device. See also Activate project via the display on the base unit [ 690] and reset the project on the device. Display Display on device Description Info: Project \..
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Display Display on device History: Project Info History Select Project information is displayed for one of the last 16 projects activated History x/16 Name: _programname_ Display of project information for a selected project Project history Name Date / Time Check sum FS Description Check sum DP pos x ... History x/16 Date 2014-01-31 Time 08:30:59 Operating hours 12345 History x/16 Checksums FS: total AB08 Select: Activate project 0\ \.. _dirA_ ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Device Info menu Display Device Info Example Description Device info Pos Baseunit PNOZ m B1 01.00 > Information on the base unit and expansion modules. Overview: } Position/slot } Device type } Firmware version Device info Pos x/n EF 8DI4DO 01.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Error Stack menu Display Error stack Example x/256 Date 2014-01-31 Time 23:59:59 Chn AB ST EC EN 01 AB Description Display of entries in the error stack (see also section entitled Show error stack on the display To read the error stack entries please refer to the document PNOZmulti Error Messages x/256 EC EN 01 AB EP 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Operating Info menu Display Operating Info Example Pos Baseunit FS cycl 10000us FS cpu 80% Description Display of spec
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Ethernet menu The Ethernet configuration can be displayed and changed in the Ethernet menu. Display About PNOZmulti Configurator Example Description Ethernet IP address:DHCP 169.254.60.1 Subnet mask: 255.255.0.0 Display of the current Ethernet configuration Ethernet Gateway: 0.0.0.0 PG port: 9000 Ethernet Scan port: 10000 Change Edit IP Ethernet Info Change \.. Edit address IP address: 169.254 .060.001 Subnet mask: 255.255.255 .
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Display Use DHCP Change IP address Use program Change IP address Use default Change IP address Example Description Ethernet Edit ports Use DHCP Use program Obtain IP address automatically from the network (prerequisite: network has a DHCP Server Utility) Ethernet Use DHCP Use program Use default Load Ethernet settings from the active PNOZmulti project Ethernet Use program Use default \..
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 System mode menu Display Stop system Restart system Example System mode \.. STOP system Restart system Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Technical details General Approvals Application range Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Output of external power supply (DC) at no load Max. power dissipation of module Status indicator Test pulse outputs Number of test pulse outputs Voltage Current Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Environmental data Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Base units PNOZ m B1 Mechanical data Weight 209 g Where standards are undated, the 2013-05 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode 2-channel EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL PL e Category Cat.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input module PNOZ m EF 16DI Input module PNOZ m EF 16DI Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m EF 16DI: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system .
PNOZmulti 2 products Input module PNOZ m EF 16DI Front view Legend: } Inputs I0 – I15 } LEDs: – POWER – Run – Diag – Fault – I Fault Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input module PNOZ m EF 16DI Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional inputs. The function of the inputs on the safety system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input module PNOZ m EF 16DI Installation Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. 707] must be followed.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input module PNOZ m EF 16DI Technical details General Approvals Application range Module's device code Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Current consumption Power consumption Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input module PNOZ m EF 16DI Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g. control cabinet) Housing Terminals Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input module PNOZ m EF 16DI Mechanical data Weight 95 g Where standards are undated, the 2012-08 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Unit Logic CPU Input SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs Operating mode EN ISO EN ISO EN 62061 13849-1: 2008 13849-1: 2008 SIL CL PL Category EN 62061 PL e Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 2,84E-10 20 1-channel PL d 2-channel PL e 1-ch., pulsed light barrier PL e Cat. 2 Cat. 4 SIL CL 2 SIL CL 3 2,10E-09 4,27E-11 20 20 Cat.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 .
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR – Input circuits } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between the safety outputs } Plug-in connection terminals: Either spring-loaded terminal or screw terminal available as an accessory (see order reference) } Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for the PNOZmulti base units that can be connected.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR – O Fault Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional inputs and additional relay outputs. The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Installation Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. 715] must be followed.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Relay outputs Dual output L1 O0 (2) 13 (33) 14 (34) 23 (43) O1 (3) 24 (44) K1 N K2 Single output O0 (2) O1 (3) Feedback loop Contacts from external contactors 13 (33) 14 (34) 23 (43) 24 (44) L1 K2 K1 N Dual output I0 O0 (2) 13 (33) 14 (34) 23 (43) O1 (3) 24 (44) L+ L1 K1 N K2 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Technical details General Approvals Application range Module's device code Electrical data Supply voltage for internal Voltage Kind Current consumption Power consumption Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Relay outputs Utilisation category of safety contacts AC15 at Max. current Max. power DC13 (6 cycles/min) at Max. current Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Environmental data Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 101,4 mm 22,5 mm 120,0 mm 190 g Where standards are undated, the 2012-04 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Unit Logic CPU Input SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs Operating mode EN ISO EN ISO EN 62061 13849-1: 2008 13849-1: 2008 SIL CL PL Category EN 62061 PL e Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 2,84E-10 20 1-channel PL d 2-channel PL e 1-ch., pulsed light barrier PL e Cat.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Supplementary data Service life graph for the relay contacts Cycles x 1000 The service life graphs indicate the number of cycles from which failures due to wear must be expected. The wear is mainly caused by the electrical load; the mechanical load is negligible. Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 24 VDC and 230 VAC Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Number of cycles x 1000 Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Switching current (A) Fig.: Service life graphs at 110 VDC Example } Inductive load: 0.2 A } Utilisation category: AC15 } Contact service life: 1 000 000 cycles Provided the application to be implemented requires fewer than 1 000 000 cycles, the PFH value (see Technical details [ 715]) can be used in the calculation.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 4DI4DOR Permitted ambient temperature Tamb dependent on the total current Isum Isum [A] 24 25 20 15 10 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 Tamb [°C] Max. permitted total current of relay outputs at an ambient temperature of < 45 °C: 24 A Max. permitted total current of relay outputs at an ambient temperature of = 60 °C: 20 A Order reference Product Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 .
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO – Input circuits } Test pulse outputs used to monitor shorts across the inputs } Monitoring of shorts between the safety outputs } Plug-in connection terminals: Either spring-loaded terminal or screw terminal available as an accessory (see order reference) } Please refer to the document "PNOZmulti System Expansion" for the PNOZmulti base units that can be connected.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO – I Fault – O Fault Function description Functions The expansion module provides additional inputs and additional semiconductor outputs. The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator. A chip card is used to download the safety circuit to the base unit. The base unit has 2 microcontrollers that monitor each other.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Installation Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. 727] must be followed. Connection Supply voltage DC 24 V + 24 V DC 0V 0V Supply voltage Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Input circuit Single-channel Dual-channel Example: E-Stop S1 L+ I0 without detection of shorts across contacts Example: E-Stop S1 S1 I0 I0 T0 T1 T0 I1 with detection of shorts across contacts Connection examples for the input circuit Redundant output O0 (O2) O1 (O3) Single output O0 (O2) K1 L- K2 L- K1 L- K2 K3 O1 ( O3) L- K4 Single output with advanced fault detection* K1 O0 (O2) K2 i0 L- L+ Connection exampl
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO *Two loads may be connected to each safety output with advanced fault detection, even on applications in accordance with EN IEC 62061, SIL CL 3. Prerequisite: Feedback loop is connected, shorts across contacts and external power sources are excluded (e.g. through separate multicore cables). Please note that, in the event of an error in the feedback loop, the safety system switches to a safe condition and shuts down all the outputs.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Inputs Pulse suppression Maximum input delay Potential isolation Semiconductor outputs Number of positive-switching single-pole semiconductor outputs Switching capability Voltage Typ. output current at "1" signal and rated voltage of semiconductor output Permitted current range Residual current at "0" signal Max. transient pulsed current Max. capacitive load Max. internal voltage drop Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Environmental data Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g. control cabinet) Housing Terminals Potential isolation Potential isolation between Type of potential isolation Rated surge voltage Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Where standards are undated, the 2012-04 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Unit Logic CPU Input SC inputs SC inputs SC inputs Output SC outputs SC outputs SC outputs Operating mode EN ISO EN ISO EN 62061 13849-1: 2008 13849-1: 2008 SIL CL PL Category EN 62061 PL e Cat. 4 SIL CL 3 2,84E-10 20 1-channel PL d 2-channel PL e 1-ch., pulsed light barrier PL e Cat. 2 Cat.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Supplementary data Permitted ambient temperature Tamb dependent on the total current Isum Order reference Product Product type Features Order No. PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Expansion module 772 142 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Set spring terminals 1 set of spring-loaded terminals 751 004 Set screw terminals 1 set of screw terminals 750 004 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Input and output modules PNOZ m EF 8DI4DO Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.xp connector Jumper yellow/black to connect the modules, 10 piece left Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.com Order No.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m EF 1MM: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 .
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Front view Legend: } X4: Connection for proximity switch at axis 1 } X12: Mini IO socket for connecting encoder or proximity switch at axis 1. } LEDs: – Power – Run – Diag – Fault – Axis 1 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Function description Operation The motion monitoring module PNOZ m EF 1MM can monitor one axis. The motion monitoring module signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit. Depending on the implemented safety circuit, the values may be transferred from the base unit to an output on the control system. Proximity switches or encoders are used to record the values.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Safe speed monitoring The Safe speed monitoring function (SSM) monitors the current speed to see if a limit value is exceeded. If the configured limit value is exceeded, the output switches off. As soon as the value falls below the limit value (plus hysteresis), the output switches off again.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM – "0": Monitored limit value exceeded } ts: Speed v exceeds the limit value and activates the tolerance range (tolerance time, tolerance period, tolerance amount) } t1: Tolerance time } t2: Tolerance period } Tolerance amount (%): Tolerance amount of limit value in both directions Safe speed range monitoring The Safe speed range monitoring function (SSR-M) monitors the current speed to ensure it stays within a maximum and minimum permit
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM v SSR-M Tolerance amount (%) Limit value Maximum speed Limit value Minimum speed Tolerance amount (%) SSR-M ts Enable SSR t 1 0 Legend: } Enable SSR: – "1": Speed is within the configured range – "0": Speed is outside the configured range } ts: Speed v exceeds the limit value and activates the tolerance range (tolerance time, tolerance period, tolerance amount) } t1: Tolerance time } t2: Tolerance period } Tolerance amount (%): T
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Please note: This monitoring function cannot be used in conjunction with 2 proximity switches because position detection is not possible. v P SDI Tol t Safe operating stop monitoring The Safe operating stop monitoring function (SOS-M) monitors whether the standstill position remains within a configured tolerance window. Safe operating stop monitoring is activated within a rising edge at the start input.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM P Tol SOS t te Legend: } te: Activation of the monitoring function SOS Safe stop 1 monitoring The Safe stop 1 monitoring function (SS1-M) monitors whether the set delay time has elapsed (until controlled braking of the motor) or the value for standstill detection for automatic STO is below the limit value. } If the monitoring function SS1-M is triggered, the Braking ramp output is switched off.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Legend t1: t2: tDelay: Monitoring function SS1-M is activated Delay time elapses, safety function "Safe torque off" (STO) is activated Set delay time for controlled braking of motor Sequence with standstill detection limit value for automatic STO: l Delay v l STO STO STO Limit value Standstill detection l1 l2 l3 l Legend t1: t2: t3: tDelay: tSTO: Monitoring function SS1-M is activated Standstill detection limit value for automatic STO
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Safe stop 2 monitoring The Safe stop 2 monitoring function (SS2-M) monitors } Whether the set delay time has expired (to controlled braking of the motor) or the value for standstill detection for automatic SOS is below the limit value and } Whether the standstill position ultimately remains within a configured tolerance window. Reaction: } If the monitoring function SS2-M is triggered, the "Braking ramp" output switches off.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Sequence without standstill detection limit value for automatic SOS: l Delay v,P Tol P(t) SOS v(t) l1 l2 l Legend t1: t2: tDelay: Activation of the monitoring function SS2-M Delay time elapses, monitoring of standstill position (SOS) is activated Set delay time for controlled braking of motor Sequence with standstill detection limit value for automatic SOS: l Delay l SOS v, s Tol s(t) SOS v(t) Limit value Standstill detection l1 l2
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM t2: t3: tDelay: tSTO: Standstill detection limit value for automatic SOS reached, monitoring of standstill position (SOS) is activated Delay time elapses Set delay time for controlled braking of motor Actual time from activation of monitoring function until STO is activated Sequence when standstill position is violated: l Delay v, s Tol s(t) SOS STO v(t) l1 l2 l3 l Legend t1: t2: t3: tDelay: Activation of the monitoring function SS2-
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Validation cut-off frequency As implausible signals may arise due to edge jitter on the sensors around the standstill position, a validation cut-off frequency must be configured for sensor types with proximity switches in the PNOZmulti Configurator (edge jitter is caused by the position control of the drive frequency converter or by external interference signals).
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Signal characteristics: Proximity switch combinations Signal image in an energised state PNP / PNP Energised Ini 1 De-energised Ini 2 De-energised Energised > 1% of period length De-energised NPN / NPN Ini 1 Energised De-energised Ini 2 Energised > 1% of period length NPN / PNP De-energised Ini 1 Energised Energised Ini 2 De-energised > 1% of period length PNP / NPN Energised Ini 1 De-energised De-energised Energised Ini
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM } A proximity switch can also be connected to track Z to monitor for broken shearpins. Please note: Broken shearpin monitoring only becomes active when – The minimum speed is exceeded and – The tolerance for detecting feasibility errors has elapsed.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Output signals Output signals TTL, HTL Single ended Differential A U 0 /A U 0 B U 0 /B U 0 (Z) U 0 U (/Z) 0 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Output signals Sin/Cos (1 Vss) Single ended with reference track (e.g. Hiperface ®) SIN REFSIN +0,5 V REFSIN -0,5 V REFSIN COS 2,5 V REFCOS +0,5 V REFCOS -0,5 V REFCOS 2,5 V Differential with/without Z index (e.g. Heidenhain 1 Vss) Adapters for encoders The adapter records the data between the encoder and the drive and makes it available to the PNOZ m EF 1MM via the socket.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 101,4 (4,11“) 22,5 (0,88“) Commissioning Wiring The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } The cable used to connect the encoders and proximity switches must be shielded (see connection diagrams in the chapter entitled "EMC-compliant wiring").
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Pin assignment of Mini-IO socket Mini-IO socket 8-pin 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1 PIN Track 1 S 2 GND 3 Z 4 A 5 /A 6 /Z 7 B 8 /B Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Connection of proximity switches The following proximity switch combinations can be connected: } A: pnp, B: pnp } A: npn, B: npn } A: pnp, B: npn } A: npn, B: pnp When connecting proximity switches please note: } Proximity switches are connected to terminals A12, B12, GND or tracks A, B and GND of the Mini-IO socket. } Track S (S12) should be used to monitor the supply voltage (see drawing).
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM pnp proximity switch with resistor R = 10 kOhm npn proximity switch with resistor R = 47 kOhm Connection of an encoder Proceed as follows when connecting the encoder: } The encoder can be connected via an adapter (e.g. ) or directly to the PNOZ m EF 1MM. } Use only shielded cables for all connections. Please refer to the chapter entitled "EMCcompliant wiring". } Always connect GND on the encoder to GND on the connector.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Connect encoder Encoder types: } TTL single ended } HTL single ended Please note: } Tracks/A, /B, Z, and /Z must remain free Encoder PNOZ m EF 2MM Encoder types: } TTL differential } HTL differential } sin/cos 1 Vss } Hiperface Please note: } Tracks/A, /B, Z, and /Z must remain free Encoder Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Connect encoder with Z index Encoder types: } TTL single Z Index } HTL single Z Index Please note: } Tracks /A, /B and /Z must remain free Encoder P EF 1Mm EF 2MM Encoder types: } TTL diff. Z Index } HTL diff. Z Index } sin/cos 1 Vss Z Index Encoder Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Connect encoder via an adapter 764]) is connected between the encoder and the drive. The adapter (see Accessories [ The output on the adapter is connected to the socket on the PNOZ m EF 1MM. Encoder 1 8 PNOZ m EF 2MM Connection of proximity switch and encoder When connecting the encoders and proximity switches, please refer to the chapter entitled "EMC-compliant wiring". Sensor types: } } Configuration: HTL single Z Freq.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Encoder PNOZ m EF 2MM Sensor types: } } } } Configuration: TTL differential Z Freq. Ini pnp – TTL differential (A,/A,B,/B) + Ini pnp (Z) – TTL differential (A,/A,B,/B) + HTL differential (A as Z) – TTL differential (A,/A,B,/B) + HTL single ended (A as Z) Configuration: HTL differential Z Freq.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Encoder PNOZ m EF 2MM EMC-compliant wiring EMC-compliant wiring for connecting an encoder Encoder UB PNOZ m EF 2MM To avoid EMC interference we recommend that the shield on the sensor cables or the housing of the shielded junction box is only connected to earth at a single point: A or B or C or D or E Conductor loops outside the shield must be avoided.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM EMC-compliant wiring for connecting an encoder with drive Encoder PNOZ m EF 2MM To avoid EMC interference we recommend that the shield on the sensor cables or the housing of the shielded junction box is only connected to earth at a single point: A or B or C or D or E Conductor loops outside the shield must be avoided. If a shielded junction box is not used, the shield must run continuously from the sensor to the evaluation device.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM EMC-compliant wiring for connecting 2 proximity switches PNOZ m EF 2MM S12 To avoid EMC interference we recommend that the shield on the sensor cables or the housing of the shielded junction box is only connected to earth at a single point: A or B or C or D or E Conductor loops outside the shield must be avoided. If a shielded junction box is not used, the shield must run continuously from the sensor to the evaluation device.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Proximity switch input Number of inputs Input signal level Signal level at "1" Signal level at "0" Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Connection type Input signal level Phase position for the differential signals A, /A and B,/B Overload protection Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis Inputs
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Mechanical data Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 101,4 mm 22,5 mm 111 mm 90 g Where standards are undated, the 2013-01 latest editions shall apply. Safety characteristic data Operating mode Monitoring 1 encoder Monitoring 2 encoder Monitoring safe encoder Logic EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 EN IEC 62061 EN IEC 62061 SIL CL PFHD [1/h] IEC 61511 IEC 61511 SIL PFD EN ISO 13849-1: 2008 PL Category PL d Cat.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 1MM Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.xp connector Jumper yellow/black to connect the modules, 10 piece left Order No. 779 260 Adapter cable Product type Features Order No. MM A MINI-IO CAB99 1.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM PNOZ m EF 2MM Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m EF 2MM: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 .
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Front view Legend: } X4: Connection for proximity switch at axis 1 } X3: Connection for proximity switch at axis 2 } X12: Mini IO socket for connecting encoder or proximity switch at axis 1 } X22: Mini IO socket for connecting encoder or proximity switch at axis 2 } LEDs: – Power – Run – Diag – Fault – Axis 1 – Axis 2 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Function description Operation The motion monitoring module PNOZ m EF 2MM can monitor two axes independently. The motion monitoring module signals the status of the monitored values to the base unit. Depending on the implemented safety circuit, the values may be transferred from the base unit to an output on the control system. Proximity switches or encoders are used to record the values.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Safe speed monitoring The Safe speed monitoring function (SSM) monitors the current speed to see if a limit value is exceeded. If the configured limit value is exceeded, the output switches off. As soon as the value falls below the limit value (plus hysteresis), the output switches off again.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM – "0": Monitored limit value exceeded } ts: Speed v exceeds the limit value and activates the tolerance range (tolerance time, tolerance period, tolerance amount) } t1: Tolerance time } t2: Tolerance period } Tolerance amount (%): Tolerance amount of limit value in both directions Safe speed range monitoring The Safe speed range monitoring function (SSR-M) monitors the current speed to ensure it stays within a maximum and minimum permit
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM v SSR-M Tolerance amount (%) Limit value Maximum speed Limit value Minimum speed Tolerance amount (%) SSR-M ts Enable SSR t 1 0 Legend: } Enable SSR: – "1": Speed is within the configured range – "0": Speed is outside the configured range } ts: Speed v exceeds the limit value and activates the tolerance range (tolerance time, tolerance period, tolerance amount) } t1: Tolerance time } t2: Tolerance period } Tolerance amount (%): T
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Please note: This monitoring function cannot be used in conjunction with 2 proximity switches because position detection is not possible. v P SDI Tol t Safe operating stop monitoring The Safe operating stop monitoring function (SOS-M) monitors whether the standstill position remains within a configured tolerance window. Safe operating stop monitoring is activated within a rising edge at the start input.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM P Tol SOS t te Legend: } te: Activation of the monitoring function SOS Safe stop 1 monitoring The Safe stop 1 monitoring function (SS1-M) monitors whether the set delay time has elapsed (until controlled braking of the motor) or the value for standstill detection for automatic STO is below the limit value. } If the monitoring function SS1-M is triggered, the Braking ramp output is switched off.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Legend t1: t2: tDelay: Monitoring function SS1-M is activated Delay time elapses, safety function "Safe torque off" (STO) is activated Set delay time for controlled braking of motor Sequence with standstill detection limit value for automatic STO: l Delay v l STO STO STO Limit value Standstill detection l1 l2 l3 l Legend t1: t2: t3: tDelay: tSTO: Monitoring function SS1-M is activated Standstill detection limit value for automatic STO
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM } If the set delay time has elapsed or the value for the automatic SOS is below the limit value, the standstill position is monitored, the Position monitoring output switches on. If the standstill position is outside the tolerance window, the Position monitoring and STO outputs switch off, the safety function Safe torque off (STO) is activated. A maximum of 1 SS2-M element can be configured per axis in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM l Delay l SOS v, s Tol s(t) SOS v(t) Limit value Standstill detection l2 l1 l3 l Legend t1: t2: t3: tDelay: tSTO: Activation of the monitoring function SS2-M Standstill detection limit value for automatic SOS reached, monitoring of standstill position (SOS) is activated Delay time elapses Set delay time for controlled braking of motor Actual time from activation of monitoring function until STO is activated Sequence when standstill posit
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Legend t1: t2: Activation of the monitoring function SS2-M Standstill detection limit value for automatic SOS reached, monitoring of standstill position (SOS) is activated Standstill position outside of tolerance window, safety function "Safe torque off" (STO) is activated Set delay time for controlled braking of motor t3: tDelay: Hysteresis A hysteresis can be configured for the monitoring functions.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Proximity switch assembly: Ini 1 Ini 2 Signal characteristics: Proximity switch combinations Signal image in an energised state PNP / PNP Energised Ini 1 De-energised Energised Ini 2 De-energised > 1% of period length De-energised NPN / NPN Ini 1 Energised De-energised Ini 2 Energised > 1% of period length NPN / PNP De-energised Ini 1 Energised Energised Ini 2 De-energised > 1% of period length PNP / NPN Energised Ini 1 De
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Encoder } The following encoders can be used: – TTL, HTL (single-ended or differential signals) – Sin/Cos 1 Vss – Hiperface® } The encoders can be connected with or without Z index (0 index). } The cables used to connect the encoders must be shielded (see connection diagrams in the chapter entitled "EMC-compliant wiring"). } A proximity switch can also be connected to track Z to monitor for broken shearpins.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Output signals Output signals TTL, HTL Single ended Differential A U 0 /A U 0 B U 0 /B U 0 (Z) U 0 U (/Z) 0 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Output signals Sin/Cos (1 Vss) Single ended with reference track (e.g. Hiperface ®) SIN REFSIN +0,5 V REFSIN -0,5 V REFSIN COS 2,5 V REFCOS +0,5 V REFCOS -0,5 V REFCOS 2,5 V Differential with/without Z index (e.g. Heidenhain 1 Vss) Adapters for encoders The adapter records the data between the encoder and the drive and makes it available to the PNOZ m EF 2MM via the socket.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 101,4 (4,11“) 22,5 (0,88“) Commissioning Wiring The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } The cable used to connect the encoders and proximity switches must be shielded (see connection diagrams in the chapter entitled "EMC-compliant wiring").
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Pin assignment of Mini-IO socket Mini-IO socket 8-pin 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1 PIN Track 1 S 2 GND 3 Z 4 A 5 /A 6 /Z 7 B 8 /B Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Connection of proximity switches The following proximity switch combinations can be connected: } A: pnp, B: pnp } A: npn, B: npn } A: pnp, B: npn } A: npn, B: pnp When connecting proximity switches please note: } Proximity switches can be connected to – terminals A12, B12, GND for axis 1 and A22, B22, GND for axis 2 or – tracks A, B and GND of the Mini-IO socket (X12 for axis 1, X22 for axis 2).
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM pnp proximity switch with resistor R = 10 kOhm npn proximity switch with resistor R = 47 kOhm Connection of an encoder Proceed as follows when connecting the encoder: } The encoder can be connected via an adapter (e.g. ) or directly to the PNOZ m EF 2MM. } Use only shielded cables for all connections. Please refer to the chapter entitled "EMCcompliant wiring". } Always connect GND on the encoder to GND on the connector.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Connect encoder Encoder types: } TTL single ended } HTL single ended Please note: } Tracks/A, /B, Z, and /Z must remain free Encoder PNOZ m EF 2MM Encoder types: } TTL differential } HTL differential } sin/cos 1 Vss } Hiperface Please note: } Tracks/A, /B, Z, and /Z must remain free Encoder PNOZ m EF 2MM Connect encoder with Z index Encoder types: } TTL single Z Index } HTL single Z Index Please note: } Tracks /A, /B and
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM P EF 1Mm EF 2MM Encoder Encoder types: } TTL diff. Z Index } HTL diff. Z Index } sin/cos 1 Vss Z Index PNOZ m EF 2MM Encoder Connect encoder via an adapter 794]) is connected between the encoder and the drive. The adapter (see Accessories [ The output on the adapter is connected to the socket on the PNOZ m EF 2MM. Encoder 1 8 PNOZ m EF 2MM Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Connection of proximity switch and encoder When connecting the encoders and proximity switches, please refer to the chapter entitled "EMC-compliant wiring". Sensor types: } } Configuration: HTL single Z Freq. Ini pnp – HTL single ended (A,B) + Ini pnp (Z) – HTL single ended (A,B) + HTL differential (A as Z) – HTL single ended (A,B) + HTL single ended (A as Z) Configuration: TTL single Z Freq.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM – } sin/cos 1 Vss (A,/A,B,/B) + HTL single ended (A as Z) Configuration: Hiperface Z Freq. Ini pnp – Hiperface (A,/A,B,/B) + Ini pnp (Z) – Hiperface (A,/A,B,/B) + HTL differential (A as Z) – Hiperface (A,/A,B,/B) + HTL single ended (A as Z) Please note: Track /Z must remain free!! Encoder PNOZ m EF 2MM EMC-compliant wiring EMC-compliant wiring for connecting an encoder Encoder UB Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM To avoid EMC interference we recommend that the shield on the sensor cables or the housing of the shielded junction box is only connected to earth at a single point: A or B or C or D or E Conductor loops outside the shield must be avoided. If a shielded junction box is not used, the shield must run continuously from the sensor to the evaluation device.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM EMC-compliant wiring for connecting 2 proximity switches PNOZ m EF 2MM S12 To avoid EMC interference we recommend that the shield on the sensor cables or the housing of the shielded junction box is only connected to earth at a single point: A or B or C or D or E Conductor loops outside the shield must be avoided. If a shielded junction box is not used, the shield must run continuously from the sensor to the evaluation device.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Proximity switch input Number of inputs Input signal level Signal level at "1" Signal level at "0" Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Connection type Input signal level Phase position for the differential signals A, /A and B,/B Overload protection Input resistance Input's frequency range Configurable monitoring frequency Without hysteresis Inputs
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Mechanical data Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 9 mm 101,4 mm 22,5 mm 111 mm 120 g Where standards are undated, the 2013-01 latest editions shall apply.
PNOZmulti 2 products Motion monitoring modules PNOZ m EF 2MM Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 544 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 544 PNOZ 2MM 1 set Screw terminals PNOZ 2MM 1 set Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.xp connector Jumper yellow/black to connect the modules, 10 piece left Order No. 779 260 Adapter cable Product type Features Order No. MM A MINI-IO CAB99 1.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m EF Multi Link: Link module to safely connect two configurable control systems PNOZmulti 2.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Front view Power Ready Link Fault Legend: } X2: – 0 V, 24 V:Supply connections – FE: Functional earth } Link: Connection } LEDs: – Power – Ready – Link – Fault Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Function Description Functions The link module PNOZ m EF Multi Link is used to safely transfer the input information from 32 virtual inputs and 32 virtual outputs between two PNOZmulti systems. One link module is assigned to each base unit. Data is exchanged cyclically. The function of the inputs and outputs on the control system depends on the safety circuit created using the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link System reaction time Calculation of the maximum reaction time between an input switching off and a linked output in the system switching off is described in the document "System Expansion". Block diagram 24V 0V n.c.FE CA+ CA- CB+ CB- CGround = Interface to next module Interface to previous module = Power Installation Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Commissioning Wiring The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation. } 2 connection terminals are available for each of the supply connections 24 V and 0 V.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Supply voltage AC DC 24V 0V n.c. FE Connecting 2 base units PNOZmulti 2 via PNOZ m EF Multi Link PNOZ m EF Multi Link PNOZ m EF Multi Link Technical details General Approvals Application range Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Output of external power supply (DC) Potential isolation Status indicator Fieldbus interface Galvanic isolation Times Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Environmental data Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Mechanical data Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Rigid single-core, flexible multi-core or multi-core with crimp connector Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF Multi Link Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ m EF Multi Link Expansion module 772 120 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals PNOZ mmc2p, mml1p 1 pc. Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 538 Spring terminals PNOZ mmc2p,mml1p 10 pcs Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 539 Screw terminals PNOZ mmc2p, mml1p 1 pc.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link PNOZ m EF PDP Link Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m EF PDP Link: Link module to safely connect decentralised input/output modules to a configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Max. 4 PNOZ m EF PDP Link can be connected to the base unit } Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Front view Power Ready Traffic Fault Legend: } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } CAN+, CAN-, VCC, GND: Connection for decentralised modules } FE: Functional earth Function description Functions The link module PNOZ m EF PDP Link is used to safely transfer the input information from decentralised modules to the control system PNOZmulti 2.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link The online help on the PNOZmulti Configurator contains descriptions of the operating modes and all the functions of the control system, plus connection examples. Data exchange: } Communication with the decentralised modules is via a safe data link. } The link module PNOZ m EF PDP Link reads the input information from the decentralised modules as part of each cycle and then forwards it to the base unit.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Installation Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0.88") Commissioning Wiring The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } External measures must be used to connect the FE terminal to the function earth (e.g. mounting rail). } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Insulation voltage test The product PNOZ m EF PDP Link is connected to functional earth via protection elements on the supply voltage. Insulation voltage tests are only possible with voltages up to ca. 42 V.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Series connection of 4 decentralised modules You can connect up to 4 decentralised modules in series to a PNOZmulti link module. PNOZ m EF PDP Link Voltage drop The max. cable length depends on the voltage drop in the supply voltage cables. The level of voltage drop is determined by the: } Cable resistance on the supply voltage cables } Operating current of the modules } Load on the modules To increase the max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Guidelines for various cable types Cable type Voltage drop per 10 m and per 100 mA PSS SB BUSCABLE LC 0.1 V Sensor cable 0.25 mm2 0.15 V 2 0.11 V Sensor cable 0.34 mm Sensor cable 0.5 mm2 0.07 V Calculation example } The PSS SB BUSCABLE LC is used in accordance with the pin assignment in section 6.2.2. Voltage drop per 10 m and per 100 mA: 0.1 V PNOZ m EF PDP Link PNOZmulti 2 Base Unit Legend: } I0: Module's consumption. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link } I1 ... I5: Load current taken from the module } U1 … U4: Voltage drop on the respective connection path Total voltage drop from the link module PNOZ m EF PDP Link to the final PDP67 F 8DI ION: Utotal = U1 + U2 + U3 + U4 Utotal = 1.3 V + 0.825 V + 0.5 V + 0.10 V = 2.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Environmental data Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Mechanical data Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 0,25 - 2,50 m
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ m EF PDP Link Link module 772 121 Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order No. Spring terminals PNOZ mml2p 1 pc. Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 540 Spring terminals PNOZ mml2p 10 pcs. Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 541 Screw terminals PNOZ mml2p 1 pc. Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 540 Screw terminals PNOZ mml2p 10 pcs.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti 2 products Link modules PNOZ m EF PDP Link Adapter Product type Features Order No. PSEN ma adapter Adapter for connection to safety switch PSENmag 380 300 PSEN cs adapter Adapter for connection to safety switch PSENcode 380 301 PSEN sl adapter Adapter for connection to safety switch PSENslock 380 325 Connector Product type Features Order No.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES ETH Communication modules PNOZ m ES ETH Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES ETH: Communication module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2. The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } 2 Ethernet interfaces } Status indicators for supply voltage, communication and errors } Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES ETH Front view Legend: } X1, X2: Ethernet interfaces } LEDs: – Power – DHCP – L/A 1 (Link/‘Act 1) – L/A 2 (Link/Act 2) Function description Unit properties The product PNOZ m ES ETH has two Ethernet interfaces to } Download the project } Read the diagnostic data } Set virtual inputs for standard functions Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES ETH } Read virtual outputs for standard functions via Ethernet (TCP/IP, Modbus/TCP). Information on diagnostics via the Ethernet interfaces can be found in the document entitled " PNOZmulti 2 communication interfaces". The connection to Ethernet is made via the two 8-pin RJ45 sockets. The Ethernet interface is configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator and is described in the online help for the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES ETH Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. 820] must be followed.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES ETH Ethernet interface Connection type Transmission rate Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Connection Galvanic isolation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the s
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES ETH Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Max. cable length Max. cable length per input Material Bottom Front Top Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 35 x 7,5 EN 50022 27 mm 0,1 km PC PC PC 101,4 mm 22,5 mm 111,0 mm 80 g Where standards are undated, the 2012-04 latest editions shall apply. Order reference Product Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES RS232 PNOZ m ES RS232 Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES RS232: Communication module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2. The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } 1 serial interface RS232 } Status indicator for supply voltage } Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES RS232 Front view Power Key Key: } X2: Serial interface RS 232 } LED: – Power Function description Functions The product PNOZ m ES RS232 has a serial interface RS232 interface to } Download the project } Read the diagnostic data } Set virtual inputs for standard functions } Read virtual outputs for standard functions. Information on diagnostics can be found in the document "Communication Interfaces". Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES RS232 RS 232 Base unit Block diagram Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 101,4 (4,11“) 22,5 (0,88“) Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES RS232 Interface configuration Serial interface RS232 Standard TxD (Transmit) RxD (Receive) GND (Ground) TxD RxD GND Preparing for operation The serial interface RS 232 is activated and detected depending on the USB interface on the base unit: } USB interface on the base unit not connected In this case, the serial interface RS 232 will be detected and activated by the base unit as soon as the communication module has been connected to the base unit.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES RS232 Environmental data Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES RS232 Mechanical data Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Rigid single-core, flexible multi-core or multi-core with crimp connector Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length
PNOZmulti 2 products Communication modules PNOZ m ES RS232 Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals PNOZ mmc2p, mml1p 1 pc. Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 538 Spring terminals PNOZ mmc2p,mml1p 10 pcs Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 539 Screw terminals PNOZ mmc2p, mml1p 1 pc. Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 538 Screw terminals PNOZ mmc2p,mml1p 10 pcs. Screw terminals, 10 piece 793 539 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES Profibus: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for PROFIBUS-DP } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Front view Legend LED: - Power -Online - Offline - Fault Rotary switch - x10 = Tens digit for the station address - x1 = Units digit for the station address X1: PROFIBUS-DP interface (female 9-pin D-Sub connector) X4: 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections Functional earth Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via PROFIBUS are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Data access The data is structured as follows: } Virtual data – Input area PNOZ m ES Profibus The values for the inputs are set in the Master as an output and transferred to the PNOZmulti 2. – Output area PNOZ m ES Profibus The outputs are configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator and transferred to the Master.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Input data The Master writes to the virtual inputs of the PNOZmulti 2. Description Input data from PNOZmulti 2 Virtual inputs i0 – i31 4 Input Bytes Virtual inputs i32 – i63 4 Input Bytes Virtual inputs i64 – i95 4 Input Bytes Virtual inputs i96 – i127 4 Input Bytes Output data The Master reads the virtual outputs of the PNOZmulti 2.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0,88“) 101,4 (4,11“) Commissioning Wiring General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } External measures must be used to connect the terminal to the functional earth, when the mounting rail is not connected to the functional earth.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus or – Blow-out fuse, slow, 6A PROFIBUS DP interface It is possible to define which outputs on the control system will communicate with PROFIBUS-DP. The connection to PROFIBUS-DP is made via a female 9-pin D-Sub connector in accordance with the guidelines of the PROFIBUS User Group (PNO). 9 6 5 1 1: n.c. 2: n.c. 3: B (RxD/TxD-P) 4: CNTR-P 5: DGND 6: VP 7: n.c. 8: A (RxD/TxD-N) 9: n.c. n.c.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Preparing for operation Setting the station address The station address of the expansion module PNOZ m ES Profibus is set between 0 ... 99 (decimal) via two rotary switches x1 and x10. 0 91 56 78 x10 2 34 } On the upper rotary switch x10, use a small screwdriver to set the tens digit for the address (“3” in the example). 0 91 56 78 x1 2 34 } On the lower rotary switch x1, set the ones digit for the address (“6” in the example).
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Connection example PROFIBUS-DP Slave 1 PROFIBUS-DP Slave 3 PROFIBUS-DP Slave n PROFIBUS-DP Master PNOZ m ES PROFIBUS PROFIBUS-DP Slave 2 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian), cULus Listed Module supply 24 V DC -20 %/+25 % 35 mA 0,9 W Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Electrical data Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Environmental data Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profibus Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ m ES Profibus Fieldbus module, PROFIBUS for PNOZ m Bx 772 132 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.xp connector Jumper yellow/black to connect the modules, 10 piece left Order No. 779 260 Connection terminals Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen PNOZ m ES CANopen Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES CANopen: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for CANopen } Station addresses from 0 ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen Front view Legend LED - Power - Run - Error Rotary switch - DR = Transmission rate - X10 = Tens digit for the station address - X1 = Units digit for the station address X1: CANopen interface (male 9-pin D-Sub connector) X4: 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections Functional earth Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via CANopen are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen Data access The data is structured as follows: } Virtual data – Input area PNOZ m ES CANopen The values for the inputs are set as an output in the Master and transferred to the PNOZmulti 2. – Output area PNOZ m ES CANopen The outputs are configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator and transferred to the Master.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen Block diagram 24 V 0 V 0V Base unit CANopen 24 V Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 101,4 (4,11“) 22,5 (0,88“) Commissioning Wiring General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. } External measures must be used to connect the terminal to the functional earth, when the mounting rail is not connected to the functional earth. } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault. } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen Setting the transmission rate 91 56 78 0 DR 2 34 } On the upper rotary switch DR, use a small screwdriver to set the transmission rate (in the example, "3" corresponds to 50 kBit/s).
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen 0 91 56 78 x1 2 34 } On the lower rotary switch x1, set the ones digit for the address (“6” in the example). Station address 36 is set in the diagrams as an example. Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen Connection example CANopen Slave 1 CANopen Slave 3 CANopen Slave n CANopen Master Download modified project to the PNOZmulti safety system As soon as an additional expansion module has been connected to the system, the project must be amended using the PNOZmulti Configurator. Proceed as described in the operating instructions for the base unit. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen Environmental data Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max. operating height above sea level Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CANopen Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ m ES CANopen Fieldbus module, CANopen for PNOZ m Bx 772 134 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.xp connector Jumper yellow/black to connect the modules, 10 piece left Order No. 779 260 Connection terminals Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES EtherCAT: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Network protocols: EtherCAT } Supports CANopen over EtherCAT (DS301 V4.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Front view Legend: } X1: EtherCAT IN } X2: EtherCAT OUT } X4: 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections Functional earth } LEDs: – Power – Run – Error – L/A 1 – L/A 2 is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via EtherCAT are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ m ES EtherCAT are connected via a jumper. After the supply voltage is switched on or the PNOZmulti control system is reset, the expansion module PNOZ m ES EtherCAT is configured and started automatically.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Block diagram Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 101,4 (4,11“) Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with EtherCAT. Note: } Information given in the "Technical details" must be followed. } Use copper wire that can withstand 75 °C.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Interface assignment RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Standard 1 TD+ (Transmit+) 2 TD- (Transmit-) 3 RD+ (Receive+) 4 n.c. 5 n.c. 6 RD- (Receive-) 7 n.c. 8 n.c. n.c.: Not connected Download modified project to the PNOZmulti safety system As soon as an additional expansion module has been connected to the system, the project must be amended using the PNOZmulti Configurator.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Connection example Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Fieldbus interface Galvanic isolation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Durati
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Mechanical data Material Bottom Front Top Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Dimen
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherCAT Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 .
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Front view Legend: } X1, X2: EtherNet/IP - Interfaces } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } IP address: for setting the IP address } } : Functional earth LED: – Power – MS – NS – L/A 1 – L/A 2 EtherNet/IPTM is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by ODVA. Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus EtherNet/IP are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP are connected via a jumper. After the supply voltage is switched on or the PNOZmulti control system is reset, the fieldbus module PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP is configured and started automatically.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Output range The outputs are defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator. Each output that is used is given a number there, e.g. O0, O5... . The status of output O0 is stored in bit 0 of byte 0; the status of output O5 is stored in bit 5 of byte 0 etc. Virtual inputs O0 … O7 O8 … O15 O16 … O23 ... O120… O127 Byte 0: Byte 1: Byte 2: ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0,88“) 101,4 (4,11“) Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with EtherNet/IP. Please note: } Information given in the "Technical details [ } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. 869]" must be followed.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP } Use of the DHCP Server is enabled DHCP is automatically enabled on a new module. In this case the IP address is taken from the DHCP Server, if the DIP switch is set to 0. The module waits to receive an address from a DHCP Server. } If a fixed IP address has been assigned via the web server or by the EtherNet/IP scanner, then this will be used. The DIP switch must be set to zero for this purpose.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Connection example Ethernet/IP Master Ethernet/IP Slave 2 Ethernet/IP Slave 1 Ethernet/IP Slave 3 Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with the standard Acceleration Duration Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Mechanical data Material Bottom Front Top Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length with spring-loaded terminals Di
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES EtherNet/IP Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink PNOZ m ES Powerlink Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES Powerlink: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for Ethernet POWERLINK (Ethernet POWERLINK V 2 protocol) } Station addresses from 1 ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink Front view Legend: } X1, X2: Ethernet POWERLINK interfaces } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } } : Functional earth LED: – Power – L/A1 – L/A2 – S/E (Status/Error) Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus Ethernet POWERLINK are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ m ES Powerlink are connected via a jumper.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink LEDs indicate the status of the fieldbus module Ethernet POWERLINK. The configuration is described in detail in the PNOZmulti Configurator's online help. Input and output data The data is structured as follows: } Input area PNOZ m ES Powerlink The values for the virtual inputs are set as an output in the Managing Node and transferred to the PNOZmulti 2. Each input has a number, e.g. input bit 4 of SDO 2100:02 has the number i12.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink Block diagram 24V 0V Base unit Ethernet POWERLINK 24V 0V FE Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 101,4 (4,11“) 22,5 (0,88“) Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with Ethernet POWERLINK. Please note: } Information given in the "Technical details [ Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. Please note the following when connecting to Ethernet POWERLINK: } } The following minimum requirements of the connection cable and connector must be met: – Only use standard industrial Ethernet cable and connectors. – Only use double-shielded twisted pair cable and shielded RJ45 connectors (industrial connectors). – 100BaseTX cable in accordance with the Ethernet standard (min.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink Interface assignment RJ45 socket 8-pin 8 1 PIN Standard 1 TD+ (Transmit+) 2 TD- (Transmit-) 3 RD+ (Receive+) 4 n.c. 5 n.c. 6 RD- (Receive-) 7 n.c. 8 n.c. n.c.: Not connected Connection example Ethernet POWERLINK Managing Node Ethernet POWERLINK Slave 1 Ethernet POWERLINK Slave 2 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink Technical Details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink Environmental data Airgap creepage In accordance with the standard Overvoltage category Pollution degree Rated insulation voltage Protection type In accordance with the standard Mounting area (e.g.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Powerlink Order reference Product Product type Features Order no. PNOZ m ES Powerlink Fieldbus module, Ethernet POWERLINK 772 119 Accessories Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.xp connector Jumper yellow/black to connect the modules, 10 piece left Order No. 779 260 Connection terminals Product type Features Order no.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet PNOZ m ES Profinet Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES Profinet: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 .
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet Front view Legend: } X1, X2: Profinet interfaces } 0 V, 24 V: Supply connections } } : Functional earth LED: – Power – Run – Diag – L/A 1 – L/A 2 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet Function description Operation The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via PROFINET are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the expansion module PNOZ m ES Profinet are connected via a jumper. After the supply voltage is switched on or the PNOZmulti 2 is reset, the expansion module PNOZ m ES Profinet is configured and started automatically. LEDs indicate the status of the fieldbus module PROFINET.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet Assigning the inputs/outputs in the PNOZmulti Configurator to the PROFINET inputs/outputs Virtual inputs and outputs can be requested or set directly via the following objects. Each element can be selected individually in the master control system, e.g. virtual inputs i0-31. The data width is also established this way. Input data The Master writes to the virtual inputs of the PNOZmulti 2.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 22,5 (0,88“) 101,4 (4,11“) Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. It is possible to define which inputs and outputs on the safety system will communicate with PROFINET. Please note: } Information given in the "Technical details [ } Use copper wiring with a temperature stability of 75 °C. 888]" must be followed.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault. } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet Install GSDLM file Install the GDSML file. You can find the GSDML file in the Internet at www.pilz.de. Connection example PROFINET Controller PROFINET Device 1 PROFINET Device 2 PROFINET Device 3 Technical details General Approvals Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet Fieldbus interface Transmission rates Connection Galvanic isolation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In accordance with th
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet Mechanical data DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Top Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection Stripping length
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES Profinet Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link PNOZ m ES CC-Link Overview Unit features Using the product PNOZ m ES CC-Link: Expansion module for connection to a base unit from the configurable control system PNOZmulti 2 . The product has the following features: } Can be configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator } Connection for CC-Link } Station addresses from 1 ... 63, selected via rotary switch } Station type: Remote Device } Occupied stations: 3 Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link } 128 virtual inputs and outputs on the control system PNOZmulti can be defined in the PNOZmulti Configurator for communication with the fieldbus CC-Link. } Max.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link Function description Functions The virtual inputs and outputs that are to be transferred via the fieldbus CC-Link are selected and configured in the PNOZmulti Configurator. The base unit and the fieldbus module PNOZ m ES CC-Link are connected via a jumper. After the supply voltage is switched on or the PNOZmulti control system is reset, the fieldbus module PNOZ m ES CC-Link is configured and started automatically.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link Word addressed input data i88 - i127 High byte 6 5 Bit no 7 RWw l i103 i102 i101 i100 i99 RWw l+1 i119 i118 i117 i116 i115 i114 i113 i112 i111 i110 i109 i108 i107 i106 i105 i104 RWw l+2 - } 4 - 3 Low byte - - 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 i98 i97 i96 i95 i94 i93 i92 i91 i90 i89 i88 - - - i127 i126 i125 i124 i123 i122 i121 i120 Output range – Outputs on PNOZmulti Configurator: o00 ..
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link LED status The LED status of PNOZmulti 2 can be read out via the following High Byte.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link Block diagram 24V 0V FE 24V 0V Installation 115,0 (4,53“) Dimensions in mm 101,4 (4,11“) 22,5 (0,88“) Commissioning General wiring guidelines The wiring is defined in the circuit diagram of the PNOZmulti Configurator. Please note: } Information given in the Technical details [ } Use copper wire that can withstand 75° C. Pilz GmbH & Co.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link } External measures must be used to connect the terminal to the functional earth, when the mounting rail is not connected to the functional earth. } Always connect the mounting rail to the protective earth via an earthing terminal. This will be used to dissipate hazardous voltages in the case of a fault. } The power supply must meet the regulations for extra low voltages with protective separation.
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link Connection example PNOZ m ES CC-Link Technical Details General Approvals Application range Electrical data Supply voltage for Voltage Kind Voltage tolerance Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Max. power dissipation of module Status indicator Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface Device type Station address CCC, CE, EAC (Eurasian) Standard Module supply 24 V DC -20 %/+25 % 45 mA 1,1 W 1,5 W LED CC-Link V1.10 Slave 1 ...
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link Fieldbus interface Transmission rates Connection Assigned stations Galvanic isolation Environmental data Ambient temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Forced convection in control cabinet off Storage temperature In accordance with the standard Temperature range Climatic suitability In accordance with the standard Condensation during operation EMC Vibration In accordance with the standard Frequency Acceleration Shock stress In a
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link Mechanical data Mounting position DIN rail Top hat rail Recess width Material Bottom Front Top Connection type Conductor cross section with screw terminals 1 core flexible 2 core with the same cross section, flexible without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors Torque setting with screw terminals Conductor cross section with spring-loaded terminals: Flexible with/without crimp connector Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection
PNOZmulti 2 products Fieldbus modules PNOZ m ES CC-Link Accessories Connection terminals Product type Features Order no. Spring terminals Spring-loaded terminals, 1 pieces 783 542 Spring-loaded terminals, 10 pieces 783 543 Screw terminals, 1 piece 793 542 Screw terminals, 10 pieces 793 543 PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Spring terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 1 pc. Screw terminals PNOZ mmcxp 10 pcs. Terminator, jumper Product type Features PNOZ mm0.
Software tool PNOZmulti Configurator PNOZmulti Configurator Software tool PNOZmulti Configurator PNOZmulti Configurator Features } Graphic configuration of safety circuit } Project configuration, configuration generation, documentation, commissioning } Data transfer via integrated interface or chip card } User interface in German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese (selectable) System requirements Please refer to the readme file for the PNOZmulti Configurator for details of the c
Software tool PNOZmulti Configurator PNOZmulti Configurator } Enabling switch } Operating mode selector switches } Press functions } Light beam device } Light grid } Pressure sensitive mat } Speed monitoring } Muting Users can configure fieldbus inputs and outputs in conjunction with the fieldbus modules. These inputs and outputs can only be used for standard functions. Virtual inputs and outputs can be configured via the integrated interface.
Software tool PNOZmulti Configurator PNOZmulti Configurator } Basic/User/Multi User/Project Upgrade Licence Discounted licence enabling owners of a licence to change to a newer version of the software } Time Limited Licence Basic licence restricted to 2, 3 or 4 months These licence types are available as a full version or service version. Full version The full version provides the whole functional range of a licence.
Software tool PNOZmulti Configurator PNOZmulti Configurator Order reference PNOZmulti Configurator Features Order No.
Software tool PNOZmulti Configurator PNOZmulti Configurator PNOZmulti Configurator Features Order No.
Accessories Accessories Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Accessories Contents Page Software, chip card 910 Cable, adapter 912 Connectors, terminals 916 Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Accessories Software, chip card Software, chip card Tool Kit, chip card Order No.
Accessories Software, chip card Software, licences Order No. PNOZmulti Service Tool, Multi User Upgrade Licence 773 011N Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Accessories Cable, adapter Cable, adapter Cable, adapter Order No.
Accessories Cable, adapter Cable, adapter Order No.
Accessories Cable, adapter Cable, adapter Order No. PNOZ msi10p adapter cable 2.5 m for speed monitor PNOZ msxp 773 854 PNOZ msi11p adapter cable 1.5 m for speed monitor PNOZ msxp 773 855 PNOZ msi9p adapter cable 5.0 m for speed monitor PNOZ msxp 773 856 PNOZ msi5p adapter and cable, Bos/Rex, 15-pin, 2.5 m for speed monitor PNOZ msxp 773 857 PNOZ msi5p adapter and cable, Bos/Rex, 15-pin, 1.5 m for speed monitor PNOZ msxp 773 858 PNOZ msi6p adapter and cable, Elau, 9-pin, 7.
Accessories Cable, adapter Cable, adapter Order No. PNOZ mli1p 10m spring, 5-pin cable, shielded, spring-loaded terminal, 10 m 773 894 PNOZ mli1p 50m spring, 5-pin cable, shielded, spring-loaded terminal, 50 m 773 895 PNOZ mli1p 50m spring, 5-pin cable, shielded, spring-loaded terminal, 1.5 m 773 896 PNOZ mli1p 50m screw, 5-pin cable, shielded, screw terminal, 5 m 773 897 KOP-XE - Jumper 774 639 PNOZmulti bus terminator 779 110 PNOZmulti bus terminator coated 779112 Pilz GmbH & Co.
Accessories Connectors, terminals Connectors, terminals For details of the respective connection terminals, terminators and jumpers, please refer to the data sheets for the relevant products. Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: info@pilz.
Technical support is available from Pilz round the clock.
